Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPROJECT MANUAL CITY OF WATERLOO, I O WA WA! LRLOO, IA Project.Manual for: Waterloo Public Library Exterior Steps Renovation Owner: City of Waterloo, Iowa 715 Mulberry Street Waterloo, IA 50703 319-291-4323 Date: July 8, 2019 Project Number: 19-22713 ARCHITECTURE -i- ENGINEERING '- ENVIRONMENTAL + 4° L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L NOTICE FROM ISG TO ALL CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS, AND SUPPLIERS FOR WATERLOO PUBLIC LIBRARY EXTERIOR STAIR RENOVATION -- FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA TO BE PLACED ON THE PLAN HOLDERS LIST AND FOR ADDENDA NOTIFICATION YOU MUST REGISTER ON RAPIDSREPRO.COM/PLANROOM IF A CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTOR,OR SUPPLIER DOES NOT HAVE COMPUTER ACCESS, PLEASE CALL RAPIDS REPRODUCTIONS, 1-800-383-1223,TO MAKE ALTERNATIVE ARRANGEMENTS TO RECEIVE ADDENDA. New Users To ISG Plan Room 1. Go to rapidsrepro.com/planroom on the Internet. 2. Click on the "ISG" logo. 3. To the left, is the login panel and within the panel is "Register for an account." 4. Find or create your company. 5. Create your user account 6. Verify you have received a confirmation email, and click the link provided to log in. 7. Any questions contact: 1-800-383-1223 or local 319-277-5538. - PRE-BID CONFERENCE - THURSDAY, JULY 18, 2019 AT 1:00 P.M. (LOCAL TIME) WATERLOO PUBLIC LIBRARY 415 COMMERCIAL ST. - WATERLOO, IA 50701 At this time, contractors will have an opportunity to ask questions of the architect and engineer. Following this meeting, contractors will have open access to tour the building as needed. il ii, ' iii:;. s. 1 I- � 2 vt z � , t. i. �t � �t 1 it it I I- 1.2 14 H y - - - _ - �a T} i i�` 4. F- -- .' - . aRK 3 NOTICE PRIME / GENERAL CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS PRIME / GENERAL CONTRACTORS: IF YOU CHOOSE NOT TO BID THIS PROJECT, YOU MUST: NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT NO LESS THAN 5 DAYS PRIOR TO THE BID LETTING THAT YOU ARE NOT BIDDING RETURN THE PLANS IMMEDIATELY OR DEPOSIT CHECKS WILL BE FORFEITED AND MBI CARDS COLLECTED ON SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS: AFTER THE BID LETTING: SUCCESSFUL BIDDERS MAY OBTAIN ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FROM THE PRIME / GENERAL CONTRACTOR(S) PRIME / GENERAL CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS: -- IF YOU ARE NOT AWARDED THE PROJECT: PLANS MUST BE RETURNED WITHIN 7 DAYS OF THE BID AWARD OR DEPOSIT CHECKS WILL BE CASHED PROJECT#19-22713 , • • . ' .. . •-,_ ...ii;lit'::14.1,-,-'_::7'' • . . ' ' ''''' l'''''' .ate - - - '- IL,..- - kt - , ,.- .-'_''--:-.•':--"'''.----•';';''',.:2,DIT':', s 2 vim,- - - - • • - _ "",.' a T jpp - - - � — - -----•'` ----- ' •• •. --•'-` - - • .1„,, . ... .. .. . . . . . . . , ... . „. , . .... . . _ . . „.... . ..__ ..... .._ , _ .. . .. ...., „.,„,., . .,... .. . g g - . ty S k'atkt - ' .,S� 3•:icy - - SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATERLOO PUBLIC LIBRARY EXTERIOR STAIR RENOVATION FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA I hereby certify that the portion of this technical submission described below was prepared by me or under my supervision and responsible charge. I am a duly licensed architect under the laws of the state of Iowa. PAMELA S.JOHNSON,ATA • `,1``,`l`,•OY 411*�15I�ilCit�t�t/�f��i'J ialS2a. CS- gekAkbe �� •�< =. cgnature s PAMELA S. f.L.1 ' JcxNsc�N :s _ Pages or sheets covered by this seal: G1-10, Al-21,A2-11 and Q)•• 5541 i A3-21. 3, 46. s •irsime. � Specifications Div. T. 0 W �jr4')/;i{1/1 i111}100, Project#19-22713 Date Issued: JULY 9,2019 PROJECT#19-22713 lams Mom -11.mr Nam Immo TITLE SHEET ALL BRANCH SPECIFICATIONS FOR: WATERLOO PUBLIC LIBRARY EXTERIOR STAIR RENOVATION FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA FOR: CITY OF WATERLOO 715 MULBERRY STREET WATERLOO,IA 50703 PRE-BID CONFERENCE: THURSDAY,JULY 18,2019 AT 1:00 P.M.(LOCAL TIME) PRE-BID LOCATION: WATERLOO PUBLIC LIBRARY 415 COMMERCIAL ST. WATERLOO,IA 50701 BIDS TO BE RECEIVED: THURSDAY,AUGUST 1,2019 BID TIME: BEFORE 1:00:00 P.M.LOCAL TIME (IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CLOCK IN THE BID ROOM) BID LOCATION: WATERLOO CITY CLERK'S OFFICE 715 MULBERRY ST. WATERLOO,IA 50703 ARCHITECT: 1SG 314E4THST WATERLOO, IA 50703-4704 PHONE: (319)234-1515 PROJECT ARCHITECT: PAMELA S.JOHNSON,AIA DATE: JULY 9,2019 PROJECT#19-22713 VIM IMO r. • %OM MEM %WM MEM w INDEX FOR: WATERLOO PUBLIC LIBRARY EXTERIOR STAIR RENOVATION FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA COMMON SECTIONS SEAL TITLE SHEET INDEX NOTICE OF PROPOSED PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS NOTICE TO BIDDERS ADVERTISEMENT TO BID ._, INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS FORM OF PROPOSAL-GENERAL CONTRACT BIDDER STATUS FORM GENERAL CONDITIONS SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Page No. DIVISION I-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 011000-Summary 1/4 012100-Allowances 1/3 012500—Substitution Procedures 1/4 012600-Contract Modification Procedures 1/2 012900-Payment Procedures 1/5 013100-Project Management and Coordination 1/6 013200-Construction Progress Documentation 1/3 013300-Submittal Procedures-Paper/Electronic 1/8 013510-Structural Testing and Special Inspection 1/8 Testing and Inspection Program Summary Schedule Form 1/1 ..� 014000-Quality Requirements 1/8 014200-References 1/8 015000—Temporary Facilities and Controls 1/5 016000-Product Requirements 1/6 Product Substitution Form 1/1 017300-Execution 1/9 017310-Cutting and Patching 1/4 1 017700-Closeout Procedures 1/6 017823 -Operation and Maintenance Data 1/4 017839-Project Record Documents 1/3 ""1 i PROJECT#19-22713 J GENERAL SECTIONS Page No. DIVISION III-MASONRY 033000—Cast-In-Place Concrete 1/6 DIVISION V-METALS 055213—Pipe and Tube Railings 1/2 DIVISION VII-MOISTURE PROTECTION 071900—Water Repellents 1/2 079200—Joint Sealants 1/4 DIVISION IV—FINISHES 099113—Exterior Painting 1/4 MECHANICAL&ELECTRICAL DIVISION 26—ELECTRICAL 260010—Basic Electrical Requirements 1/4 260505- Selective Demolition for Electrical 1/2 %mg 260519—Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 1/6 260526—Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 1/2 260529—Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 1/4 ... 260533.13—Conduit for Electrical Systems 1/8 260533.16—Boxes for Electrical Systems 1/4 260553—Identification for Electrical Systems 1/4 260583—Wiring Connections 1/2 260584—Electric Heat Systems 1/4 i L PROJECT#19-22713 1 NOTICE OF PROPOSED PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS Notice is hereby given,in accordance with Section 26.12 of the 2016 Code of Iowa,applicable to the City Council of the CITY OF WATERLOO. The said City Council proposes to construct WATERLOO PUBLIC LIBRARY EXTERIOR STAIR RENOVATION FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA. Work of Project located at Waterloo Public Library,415 Commercial St.,Waterloo,Iowa, includes complete removal of existing exterior concrete stairs,railings,retaining walls and structural slab. New narrower concrete stairs,railings,retaining walls and slab to be installed, including electric snow melt system, and other Work indicated in the Contract Documents,with a cost estimate of$125,000. Proposed Drawings and Specifications,as well as proposed form of contract have been adopted therefore by the said —. Council,and copies of said construction contract documents are now on file and available for inspection at CITY OF WATERLOO. A public hearing at which any and all interested persons may appear and file objection to said proposed Drawings, Specifications,Form of Contract for,or cost of such improvements will be held as provided by law in the CITY OF WATERLOO,715 MULBERRY STREET,WATERLOO,IA 50703. The time of the public hearing is hereby set at .M.(Local Time)on JULY 8,2019. DATED AT: WATERLOO,IA 50703,this day of 2019. BY ORDER OF: CITY OF WATERLOO ..� BY: KELLEY FELCHLE,CITY CLERK .r 1 Ami I PROJECT#19-22713 I IMM i i i Omm NOTICE TO BIDDERS PROJECT: WATERLOO PUBLIC LIBRARY EXTERIOR STAIR RENOVATION FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA BID DATE/TIME: THURSDAY,AUGUST 1,2019 before 1:00:00 P.M.LOCAL TIME (in accordance with the clock at bid room) r" LOCATION: WATERLOO CITY CLERK'S OFFICE 715 MULBERRY ST. WATERLOO,IA 50703 Sealed proposals for the above project will be received,publicly opened and read aloud at the time and location stated above by the City Council of CITY OF WATERLOO. Copies of the plans and specifications and other contract documents are now on file and available for inspection at the above bidding location and sets for Contractors/Suppliers can be ordered through the office of Rapids Reproductions,by logging on to Rapidsrepro.com/planroom or calling 1-800-383-1223,upon the deposit of$100.00 which will be refunded to prime contractors who submit bids upon the return of the documents within seven(7)days ...% after the receipt of the bids. A single proposal will be received for the work of the General Contractor including the work of the Mechanical Subcontractor(Plumbing,Heating,Air Conditioning and Ventilating)and the work of the Electrical Subcontractor. Subcontractors of all construction trades shall submit bids to the General Contractor covering the scope of work bid. Work of Project located at Waterloo Public Library,415 Commercial St.,Waterloo,Iowa, includes complete removal of existing exterior concrete stairs,railings,retaining walls and structural slab. New narrower concrete stairs,railings,retaining walls and slab to be installed,including electric snow melt system, and other Work indicated in the Contract Documents,commencing August 15,2019 and completion by December 1,2019. Award of the contract shall be to the lowest responsible bidder based on basis bid and selected alternates and in conformance to the Bidding Documents prepared by ISG. A PRE-BID CONFERENCE for this project will be held on THURSDAY,JULY 18,2019 at 1:00 p.m.At WATERLOO PUBLIC LIBRARY,415 COMMERCIAL ST.,Waterloo,IA. Each proposal must be accompanied by a bid bond,cash deposit,Cashier's Check or a Certified Check on a solvent Bank chartered under the laws of the United States in the amount of not less than 5%,nor more than 10%of the proposal submitted therewith. Bid Security shall be made payable to the CITY CLERK,CITY OF WATERLOO. Should the successful bidder fail or neglect to furnish a satisfactory surety bond,refuse to enter into contract on the basis of the bid, or fail to meet the requirements of this Notice and the specifications regulating the award,the bidder's security may be retained as liquidated damages. No bidder may withdraw the proposal for a period of thirty calendar(30)days after the date and hour set for opening of bids. The work under the Contract shall be commenced immediately after execution of the Owner-Contractor Agreement and substantially completed by a mutually agreed ... upon date, all as set forth in contractual documents. By virtue of statutory authority,the Contractor shall give preference to Iowa Domestic Labor,products and provisions grown,and coal produced within the State of Iowa,according to the provisions of Chapter 73,Code of ,.� Iowa 2016. The right to reject any or all bids and to waive any irregularities therein is reserved by CITY OF WATERLOO. DATED AT: WATERLOO,IA 50703,this day of ,2019. BY ORDER OF: CITY OF WATERLOO BY: KELLEY FELCHLE,CITY CLERK "1 PROJECT#19-22713 Mar Immo ammo lam Imom ems Imo mom aim tom vmm amm, ADVERTISEMENT TO BID PROJECT: WATERLOO PUBLIC LIBRARY EXTERIOR STAIR RENOVATION FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA BID DATE: THURSDAY,AUGUST 1,2019 before 1:00:00 P.M.LOCAL TIME (IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CLOCK IN THE BID ROOM) CONTRACTS: SINGLE GENERAL(to include MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL as subcontractors) PROJECT COST ESTIMATE: LESS THAN 125,000 PLAN DEPOSIT: $100.00 BID SECURITY: 5% ARCHITECT: .., ISG 314 EAST 4TH ST. WATERLOO,IA 50703 Ph: 319-234-1515 PRE-BID CONFERENCE: THURSDAY,JULY 18,2019 AT 1:00 P.M.(LOCAL TIME) WATERLOO PUBLIC LIBRARY 415 COMMERCIAL ST. WATERLOO,IA 50701 COMPLETION DATE: December 1,2019 DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT: The work includes complete removal of existing exterior concrete stairs,railings, —1 retaining walls and structural slab. New narrower concrete stairs,railings,retaining walls and slab to be installed, including electric snow melt system,and other Work indicated in the Contract Documents, and other Work indicated in the Contract Documents. ""I Log on to RAPIDSREPRO.COM/PLANROOM, click on the "StruXture" logo or call 1-800-383-1223 (toll free) for: PLANS&SPECIFICATIONS • ADDENDA NOTIFICATION • PLAN HOLDERS LIST • PRIME BIDDERS LIST NOTE: To be placed on the PLAN HOLDERS LIST and/or PRIME BIDDER'S LIST for this project, you MUST either download a set of plans/specs off of ISG plan room on Rapidsrepro.com/planroom OR order a paper set through Rapids Reproductions,Inc. PROJECT#19-22713 DISTRIBUTION OF DOCUMENTS Bidding documents may be obtained from Rapids Reproductions,Inc.,6201 Chancellor Dr.,Cedar Falls,IA 50613; 1-800-383-1223 under the following conditions: 1. Qualified plan houses receive all-branch sets free of charge,provided they log all usage of the documents low and return to us within 14 days after bidding. A list of those having plans is found in the "Supplementary Instructions to Bidders",paragraph 3.1.6.of the specifications. 2. Prime bidders may receive plans on deposit of$100.00 which is refundable only if they bid and/or return the plans within seven(7)days of contract award or if they notify the architect no less than 5 days prior to the day of the letting that they are not going to bid the project and return the plans immediately. Master Builders cards will also be honored. (Note: General contractors(limit 2 sets each),Mechanical and �= Electrical contractors(limit 1 set each). 3. Subcontractors and suppliers may view plans and specifications on Rapidsrepro.com/planroom or at any of the listed plan holders under 3.1.6 Plans On File. You may receive"loaner sets"of plans and specifications after receipt of the required deposits stated above if some are available(Limit 1 set each). (Note: If applicable, plans must be returned within 14 days of bid award. Master Builders cards will also be honored. 4. No plans will be issued after one week prior to bidding date. IMO ... rows two twos PROJECT#19-22713 smsel INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS "Instructions to Bidders" shall be AIA Document A701, 1997,by the American Institute of Architects is hereby made to govern and accompany the drawings,specifications and the following Supplementary Instructions to Bidders. However,the Supplementary Instructions to Bidders shall take precedence over and modify any statements of the AIA forms. Although AIA Document A701, 1997 is not bound in these specifications,the document is considered inclusive by reference and as modified by the Supplementary Instructions to Bidders hereafter. A copy of the Instructions to Bidders is available for purchase at the Architects office or through AIA Iowa. -4 I t PROJECT#19-22713 r ./MO NOM ...• IMO UMW SAIA Document A701 TM — 1997 Instructions to Bidders (Paragraphs deleted) TABLE OF ARTICLES 1 DEFINITIONS ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: The author of this document has 2 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS added information needed for its completion.The author may also 3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS have revised the text of the original — AIA standard form.An Additions and 4 BIDDING PROCEDURES Deletions Report that notes added information as well as revisions to the standard form text is available from 1.1 5 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS the author and should be reviewed.A vertical line in the left margin of this 6 POST-BID INFORMATION document indicates where the author has added necessary information 7 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND and where the author has added to or deleted from the original AIA text. 8 FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR This document has important legal consequences.Consultation with an ( attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification. 1 I 1 AIA Document A701 TM-1997.Copyright©1970,1974,1978,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This Ale)Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or any 1 portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:14:54 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (631472155) ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS § 1.1 Bidding Documents include the Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents.The Bidding Requirements consist of the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid,Instructions to Bidders,Supplementary Instructions to Bidders,the bid form,and other sample bidding and contract forms.The proposed Contract Documents consist of the form of Agreement between the Owner and Contractor,Conditions of the Contract(General,Supplementary and other i..l Conditions),Drawings,Specifications and all Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract. § 1.2 Definitions set forth in the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction,AIA Document A201,or in other Contract Documents are applicable to the Bidding Documents. § 1.3 Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the Architect prior to the execution of the Contract which modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by additions,deletions,clarifications or corrections. § 1.4 A Bid is a complete and properly executed proposal to do the Work for the sums stipulated therein,submitted in accordance with the Bidding Documents. § 1.5 The Base Bid is the sum stated in the Bid for which the Bidder offers to perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents as the base,to which Work may be added or from which Work may be deleted for sums stated in Alternate Bids. § 1.6 An Alternate Bid(or Alternate)is an amount stated in the Bid to be added to or deducted from the amount of the Base Bid if the corresponding change in the Work,as described in the Bidding Documents,is accepted. § 1.7 A Unit Price is an amount stated in the Bid as a price per unit of measurement for materials,equipment or services or a portion of the Work as described in the Bidding Documents. § 1.8 A Bidder is a person or entity who submits a Bid and who meets the requirements set forth in the Bidding Documents. § 1.9 A Sub-bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid to a Bidder for materials,equipment or labor for a portion of the Work. ARTICLE 2 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS § 2.1 The Bidder by making a Bid represents that: § 2.1.1 The Bidder has read and understands the Bidding Documents or Contract Documents,to the extent that such documentation relates to the Work for which the Bid is submitted,and for other portions of the Project,if any,being bid concurrently or presently under construction. :.. § 2.1.2 The Bid is made in compliance with the Bidding Documents. § 2.1.3 The Bidder has visited the site,become familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and has correlated the Bidder's personal observations with the requirements of the proposed Contract Documents. § 2.1.4 The Bid is based upon the materials,equipment and systems required by the Bidding Documents without exception. ARTICLE 3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS § 3.1 COPIES § 3.1.1 Bidders may obtain complete sets of the Bidding Documents from the issuing office designated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid in the number and for the deposit sum,if any, stated therein.The deposit will be refunded to Bidders who submit a bona fide Bid and return the Bidding Documents in good condition within ten days �•• after receipt of Bids.The cost of replacement of missing or damaged documents will be deducted from the deposit.A Bidder receiving a Contract award may retain the Bidding Documents and the Bidder's deposit will be refunded. § 3.1.2 Bidding Documents will not be issued directly to Sub-bidders unless specifically offered in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid,or in supplementary instructions to bidders. AIA Document A701TM-1997.Copyright©1970,1974,1978,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlA®Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlA®Document,or any 2 portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:14.54 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (631472155) § 3.1.3 Bidders shall use complete sets of Bidding Documents in preparing Bids;neither the Owner nor Architect assumes responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. § 3.1.4 The Owner and Architect may make copies of the Bidding Documents available on the above terms for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work.No license or grant of use is conferred by issuance of copies of the Bidding Documents. § 3.2INTERPRETATION OR CORRECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS § 3.2.1 The Bidder shall carefully study and compare the Bidding Documents with each other,and with other work being bid concurrently or presently under construction to the extent that it relates to the Work for which the Bid is submitted, shall examine the site and local conditions,and shall at once report to the Architect errors,inconsistencies or ambiguities discovered.. § 3.2.2 Bidders and Sub-bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the Bidding Documents shall make a written request which shall reach the Architect at least seven days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. § 3.2.3 Interpretations,corrections and changes of the Bidding Documents will be made by Addendum. Interpretations,corrections and changes of the Bidding Documents made in any other manner will not be binding,and Bidders shall not rely upon them. § 3.3 SUBSTITUTIONS § 3.3.1 The materials,products and equipment described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function, dimension,appearance and quality to be met by any proposed substitution. § 3.3.2 No substitution will be considered prior to receipt of Bids unless written request for approval has been received by the Architect at least ten days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Such requests shall include the name of the material or equipment for which it is to be substituted and a complete description of the proposed substitution including drawings,performance and test data,and other information necessary for an evaluation.A statement setting forth changes in other materials,equipment or other portions of the Work,including changes in the work of other contracts that incorporation of the proposed substitution would require,shall be included.The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitution is upon the proposer.The Architect's decision of approval or disapproval of a proposed substitution shall be final. § 33.3 If the Architect approves a proposed substitution prior to receipt of Bids,such approval will be set forth in an Addendum.Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner. § 3.3.4 No substitutions will be considered after the Contract award unless specifically provided for in the Contract -� Documents. § 3.4 ADDENDA § 3.4.1 Addenda will be transmitted to all who are known by the issuing office to have received a complete set of Bidding Documents. § 3.4.2 Copies of Addenda will be made available for inspection wherever Bidding Documents are on file for that purpose. § 3.4.3 Addenda will be issued no later than four days prior to the date for receipt of Bids except an Addendum withdrawing the request for Bids or one which includes postponement of the date for receipt of Bids. § 3.4.4 Each Bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting a Bid that the Bidder has received all Addenda issued, and the Bidder shall acknowledge their receipt in the Bid. ARTICLE 4 BIDDING PROCEDURES § 4.1 PREPARATION OF BIDS § 4.1.1 Bids shall be submitted on the forms included with the Bidding Documents. 1 AIA Document A701 TM-1997.Copyright©1970,1974,1978,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlA®Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or any 3 portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:14:54 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (631472155) 1 § 4.1.2 All blanks on the bid form shall be legibly executed in a non-erasable medium. § 4.1.3 Sums shall be expressed in both words and figures.In case of discrepancy,the amount written in words shall govern. LJ § 4.1.4 Interlineations,alterations and erasures must be initialed by the signer of the Bid. § 4.1.5 All requested Alternates shall be bid.If no change in the Base Bid is required,enter"No Change." ►.r § 4.1.6 Where two or more Bids for designated portions of the Work have been requested,the Bidder may,without forfeiture of the bid security,state the Bidder's refusal to accept award of less than the combination of Bids stipulated by the Bidder. The Bidder shall make no additional stipulations on the bid form nor qualify the Bid in any other manner. § 4.1.7 Each copy of the Bid shall state the legal name of the Bidder and the nature of legal form of the Bidder.The Bidder shall provide evidence of legal authority to perform within the jurisdiction of the Work.Each copy shall be signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the Bidder to a contract.A Bid by a corporation shall further give the state of incorporation and have the corporate seal affixed.A Bid submitted by an agent shall have a current power of attorney attached certifying the agent's authority to bind the Bidder. § 4.2 BID SECURITY § 4.2.1 Each Bid shall be accompanied by a bid security in the form and amount required if so stipulated in the Instructions to Bidders. The Bidder pledges to enter into a Contract with the Owner on the terms stated in the Bid and will,if required,furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder. Should the Bidder refuse to enter into such Contract or fail to furnish such bonds if required,the amount of the bid security shall be forfeited to the Owner as liquidated damages,not as a penalty.The amount of the bid security shall not be forfeited to the Owner in the event the Owner fails to comply with Section 6.2. § 4.2.2 If a surety bond is required,it shall be written on MA Document A310,Bid Bond,unless otherwise provided in the Bidding Documents,and the attorney-in-fact who executes the bond on behalf of the surety shall affix to the bond a certified and current copy of the power of attorney. § 4.2.3 The Owner will have the right to retain the bid security of Bidders to whom an award is being considered until j.. either(a)the Contract has been executed and bonds,if required,have been furnished,or(b)the specified time has elapsed so that Bids may be withdrawn or(c)all Bids have been rejected. § 4.3 SUBMISSION OF BIDS § 4.3.1 All copies of the Bid, the bid security,if any,and any other documents required to be submitted with the Bid shall be enclosed in a sealed opaque envelope.The envelope shall be addressed to the party receiving the Bids and shall be identified with the Project name,the Bidder's name and address and,if applicable,the designated portion of the Work for which the Bid is submitted.If the Bid is sent by mail,the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the notation "SEALED BID ENCLOSED"on the face thereof. § 4.3.2 Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt of Bids. Bids received after the time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened. § 4.3.3 The Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids. § 4.3.4 Oral,telephonic, telegraphic,facsimile or other electronically transmitted bids will not be considered. § 4.4 MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID § 4.4.1 A Bid may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled by the Bidder during the stipulated time period following the time and date designated for the receipt of Bids,and each Bidder so agrees in submitting a Bid. 1 L. § 4.4.2 Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of Bids,a Bid submitted may be modified or withdrawn by notice to the party receiving Bids at the place designated for receipt of Bids. Such notice shall be in writing over the AIA Document A701 T*"-1997.Copyright©1970,1974,1978,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlA®Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlA®Document,or any 4 portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:14:54 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (631472155) • 1 signature of the Bidder.Written confirmation over the signature of the Bidder shall be received,and date-and time-stamped by the receiving party on or before the date and time set for receipt of Bids.A change shall be so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original Bid. § 4.4.3 Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the date and time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders. " § 4.4.4 Bid security,if required,shall be in an amount sufficient for the Bid as resubmitted. ARTICLE 5 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS § 5.1 OPENING OF BIDS At the discretion of the Owner,if stipulated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid,the properly identified Bids received on time will be publicly opened and will be read aloud.An abstract of the Bids may be made available to Bidders. § 5.2 REJECTION OF BIDS The Owner shall have the right,to reject any or all Bids.A Bid not accompanied by a required bid security or by other data required by the Bidding Documents,or a Bid which is in any way incomplete or irregular is subject to rejection. § 5.3 ACCEPTANCE OF BID (AWARD) § 5.3.1 It is the intent of the Owner to award a Contract to the lowest qualified Bidder provided the Bid has been submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Bidding Documents and does not exceed the funds available. The Owner shall have the right to waive informalities and irregularities in a Bid received and to accept the Bid which, in the Owner's judgment,is in the Owner's own best interests. § 5.3.2 The Owner shall have the right to accept Alternates in any order or combination,unless otherwise specifically provided in the Bidding Documents,and to determine the low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and Alternates accepted. ARTICLE 6 POST-BID INFORMATION § 6.1 CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT Bidders to whom award of a Contract is under consideration shall submit to the Architect,upon request, a properly I executed AIA Document A305, Contractor's Qualification Statement, unless such a Statement has been previously required and submitted as a prerequisite to the issuance of Bidding Documents. § 6.2 OWNER'S FINANCIAL CAPABILITY I The Owner shall, at the request of the Bidder to whom award of a Contract is under consideration and no later than seven days prior to the expiration of the time for withdrawal of Bids,furnish to the Bidder reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract.Unless such reasonable evidence is furnished, the Bidder will not be required to execute the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor. § 6.3 SUBMITTALS _ § 6.3.1 The Bidder shall, as soon as practicable or as stipulated in the Bidding Documents,after notification of selection for the award of a Contract,furnish to the Owner through the Architect in writing: .1 a designation of the Work to be performed with the Bidder's own forces; .2 names of the manufacturers,products,and the suppliers of principal items or systems of materials and equipment proposed for the Work;and .3 names of persons or entities(including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design)proposed for the principal portions of the Work. § 6.3.2 The Bidder will be required to establish to the satisfaction of the Architect and Owner the reliability and responsibility of the persons or entities proposed to furnish and perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents. § 6.3.3 Prior to the execution of the Contract,the Architect will notify the Bidder in writing if either the Owner or Architect,after due investigation,has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Bidder.If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a proposed person or entity,the Bidder may, at the Bidder's option, (1) AIA Document A701 TM-1997.Copyright©1970,1974,1978,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlA®Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlA®Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12.14:54 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (631472155) withdraw the Bid or(2)submit an acceptable substitute person or entity with an adjustment in the Base Bid or Alternate Bid to cover the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution.The Owner may accept the adjusted bid price or disqualify the Bidder.In the event of either withdrawal or disqualification,bid security will not be forfeited. § 6.3.4 Persons and entities proposed by the Bidder and to whom the Owner and Architect have made no reasonable objection must be used on the Work for which they were proposed and shall not be changed except with the written rmi consent of the Owner and Architect. ARTICLE 7 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND § 7.1 BOND REQUIREMENTS § 7.1.1 If stipulated in the Bidding Documents,the Bidder shall furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder.Bonds may be secured through the Bidder's usual sources. § 7.1.2 If the furnishing of such bonds is stipulated in the Bidding Documents,the cost shall be included in the Bid.If the furnishing of such bonds is required after receipt of bids and before execution of the Contract,the cost of such bonds shall be added to the Bid in determining the Contract Sum. § 7.1.3 If the Owner requires that bonds be secured from other than the Bidder's usual sources,changes in cost will be adjusted as provided in the Contract Documents. § 7.2 TIME OF DELIVERY AND FORM OF BONDS § 7.2.1 The Bidder shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner not later than three days following the date of execution of the Contract.If the Work is to be commenced prior thereto in response to a letter of intent,the Bidder shall,prior to commencement of the Work,submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such bonds will be furnished and delivered in accordance with this Section 7.2.1. ; l § 7.2.2 Unless otherwise provided,the bonds shall be written on MA Document A312,Performance Bond and Payment Bond.Both bonds shall be written in the amount of the Contract Sum. § 7.2.3 The bonds shall be dated on or after the date of the Contract. it § 7 2.4The Bidder shall require the attorney-in-fact who executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety to affix thereto a certified and current copy of the power of attorney. ARTICLE 8 FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR Unless otherwise required in the Bidding Documents,the Agreement for the Work will be written on MA Document A101,Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor Where the Basis of Payment Is a Stipulated Sum. I rr... L L.. I AIA Document A701 TM-1997.Copyright©1970,1974,1978,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This 1.. AlA®Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or any 6 portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:14:54 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (631472155) L.. Additions and Deletions Report for AIA Document A701TM— 1997 This Additions and Deletions Report,as defined on page 1 of the associated document,reproduces below all text the author has 4 added to the standard form AIA document in order to complete it,as well as any text the author may have added to or deleted from the original AIA text.Added text is shown underlined.Deleted text is indicated with a horizontal line through the original AIA text. - Note: This Additions and Deletions Report is provided for information purposes only and is not incorporated into or constitute any part of the associated AIA document.This Additions and Deletions Report and its associated document were generated simultaneously by AIA software at 12:14:54 on 11/24/2008. PAGE 1 forthe following PROJECT• (Name and location or address): Tug nlnmlGQ• (Name and address): THE ARCHITECT: (Name and address): I 1 I I 1 ; ti Additions and Deletions Report for AIA Document A701 TM-1997.Copyright©1970,1974,1978,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlA®Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or 1 distribution of this AIA®Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent ,-4 possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:14:54 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (631472155) Certification of Document's Authenticity AIA® Document D401 TM — 2003 I, ;:hereby certify,to the best of my knowledge,information and belief,that I created the attached final document simultaneously with its associated Additions and Deletions Report and this certification at 12:14:54 on 11/24/2008 under Order No. 1000365686_1 from MA Contract Documents software and that in preparing the attached final document I made no changes to the original text of MA®Document A701TM— 1997 -Instructions to Bidders,as published by the MA in its software,other than those additions and deletions shown in the associated Additions and Deletions Report. 6.6 (Signed) (Title) U (Dated) U LI L. U U U it AIA Document D401 TM-2003.Copyright©1992 and 2003 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA` Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 12:14:54 on 11/24/2008 under Order No.1000365686_1 which expires on 8/22/2009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (631472155) fug 1 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SCOPE The following Supplementary Instructions to Bidders shall be intended to modify and expand the referenced Instructions to Bidders and they shall take precedence over any statements of the AIA Document A701, 1997 forms. The article and paragraph of the AIA Document which the supplementary statement refers to is so noted. Where any part of the AIA,A701,Instructions to Bidders is modified,the unaltered provisions of that part shall remain in effect. ARTICLE 3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS 3.1.5. LIST OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS DRAWINGS All drawings are all branch sets. A set of drawings consists of the following sheets: GENERAL G1-10 TITLE SHEET, SHEET INDEX,PROJECT GENERAL NOTES "i ARCHITECTURAL A1-21 FIRST FLOOR PLAN A2-11 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A3-21 WALL SECTIONS STRUCTURAL S1-00 STRUCTURAL NOTES ELECTRICAL E2-10 BASEMENT ELECTRICAL PLAN E2-11 FIRST FLOOR ELECTRICAL PLANS E5-10 ELECTRICAL DETAILS SCHEDULES AND SYMBOLS SPECIFICATIONS Common Sections(including Division I),plus Division III,V,VII and IX. Electrical Sections,Division 26 All bidders will receive the following specification headings in addition to the specific heading listed below. TITLE SHEET INDEX 44, NOTICE OF PROPOSED PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT NOTICE TO BIDDERS ADVERTISEMENT TO BID INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS FORM OF PROPOSAL BIDDER STATUS FORM GENERAL CONDITIONS SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS PROJECT#19-22713 S.I.B. Page 1 3.1.6. PLANS ON FILE Owner City Of Waterloo 715 Mulberry Street Waterloo,IA 50703 Ph: 319-291-4323 Architect ISG 314 East 4th Street Waterloo,IA 50703-4704 Ph: 319-234-1515 Waterloo Bldg.Dept. City Hall 715 Mulberry Waterloo,IA 50703 No- Ph: 319-291-4319 PLAN ROOMS Construction Update Plan Room 221 Park Street PO Box 695(50303) Des Moines,IA 50309 Ph: 515-288-8904; 800-362-2578 Fax: 515-288-2617 McGraw Hill Construction Update(Dodge) 2507 Ingersoll Avenue Des Moines IA 50312 Ph: 515-223-1046 Fax: 515-223-8564 McGraw Hill Construction Update(Dodge) 3872 Elmore Ave. Davenport,IA 52807 Ph: 563-355-1250 Fax: 563-355-1283 PROJECT#19-22713 S.I.B. Page 2 3.2.4. INTERPRETATION OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ..� In the event that any questions shall arise after the letting of the contract respecting the true meaning of the drawings and specifications,the matter shall be referred to the Architect,whose decision shall be conclusive upon all parties to the contract. No advantage shall be taken of any manifest errors or omissions which affect the submitted bid. '11 3.3.3. APPROVAL OF SUBSTITUTIONS Approval to bid any material other than the specified products and any listed pre-approved substitutions must be requested by the supplier in accordance with Division I-016000. If approved,the Architect will submit an approval letter. The requesting letter must be received by the Architect no less than 5 business days prior to the bid date. A copy of the approval letter shall accompany the proposal of such material to the Contractor. Any materials not so approved will not be permitted on the project. This also applies to Subcontractors which must be approved prior to the bidding when so specified. 3.4.1. ADDENDA meik Add the following: All contractors are required to register on Rapidsrepro.com/planroom for this project. Addenda will be distributed through that source. If any contractor does not have the ability to register on the interne for .+` Rapidsrepro.com/planroom,they are required to contact Rapids Reproductions' office at 1-800-383-1223 to make other arrangements to receive addenda.Bidders must acknowledge receipt of any/all addenda on their Form of Proposal form. ARTICLE 4 BIDDING PROCEDURES 4.1.1. FORM AND STYLE OF BIDS The bidder may remove the proposal bound in these specifications. A new Form of Proposal will be forwarded with addendum for the prime bidder's use if changes have been made to the Form. 4.2. BID SECURITY 4.2.1. Modify subparagraph 4.2.1. as follows: Bid Security will be required as stipulated in the Advertisement to Bid and Notice to Bidders, and if bid bond is used I1 shall be as specified in Instructions to Bidders A701,4.2.2. Bid security shall be submitted in a separate envelope than the proposal form under the letterhead of the Contractor. The envelope shall have typed on its face the following identification: Bid Security for the WATERLOO PUBLIC LIBRARY EXTERIOR STAIR RENOVATION FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA. 4.3. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 4.3.1. IDENTIFICATION OF PROPOSAL Proposal shall be submitted in a single envelope under the letterhead of the Contractor. The envelope shall have typed on its face the following identification: Proposal for the WATERLOO PUBLIC LIBRARY EXTERIOR STAIR RENOVATION FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA. �.► If mailed,the outside envelope must be addressed to KELLEY FELCHLE,CITY CLERK. 4.3.2. SUBMISSION OF BIDS Bids shall be mailed or delivered to the Secretary of the Owner on the Form of Proposal(or copy)so as to reach their destination prior to the time set for bidding in the Advertisement to Bid. All bids will be time and date stamped upon receipt. 'al PROJECT#19-22713 S.I.B. Page 3 4121 4.4.1. WITHDRAWAL OF BID No bidder may withdraw his bid for a period of thirty(30)days after the date and hour set for the opening of bids. 4.4.5. SPECIAL NOTICE mar Bidders are hereby given notice to check carefully the accuracy and arithmetic of their bids before submission-pleas of errors in bids will result in rejection of that bid and award to the next low bidder and disposition of bid security is at the discretion of the Owner. ARTICLE 5 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS 5.1.2. STANDARD OF BIDDING PROCEDURES '" Bidding and award procedures will be conducted according to the latest edition of"Manual of Recommended Procedure for Competitive Bidding and Award of Building Contracts"as prepared by C.C.I. (Construction Council of Iowa). 5.3.1. ACCEPTANCE OF BIDS Bids will be acted upon at the time of bidding or at such subsequent time as the Owner may decide within the time limit stated in S.I.B.4.4.1.above. ARTICLE 6 POST-BID INFORMATION 6.1.2. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS Submission of the proposal for this work shall constitute assurance that the Contractor is qualified and will be able to furnish all of the requirements of this contract,including bonds,guarantees,insurance, and related items as required and herein set out. ARTICLE 7 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 7.3. BOND Bond under this contract will be required according to 7.1.1. Furnishing the Bond shall be executed within 14 days of the Notice of Award of Contract. The Bond shall continue for twelve(12)months from the day on which final payment under the contract falls due and shall be written on AIA Document A312. Contractor shall deliver a bond in the full amount(100%)of the contract sum concurrently with the signed Agreement. ARTICLE 8 FORM OF AGREEMENT 8.1. FORM OF CONTRACT If the Contractor be notified of the acceptance of this proposal,he agrees to execute a contract for the work for the stated compensation in the form of the AIA Standard Form of Agreement Between Contractor and Owner for Construction,AIA Document A101, 1997 Edition,sample copy on file at the Architect's office. The prime Contractor shall execute the signed agreement within 14 days of the Notice of Award of Contract. 111.0 PROJECT#19-22713 S.I.B. Page 4 I 0 ,/. I , al CLARIFICATIONS&MODIFICATIONS TO STANDARD A10 1 7 Under 5.1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS:Modify as follows: Section 5.1.3 reflects the following: The Architect must receive the Contractor's application for payment not later JAR than the last day of a month and the Owner must pay the Contractor not later than the 15th day of the following month. Also,under Section 5.1.3,if the Contractor fails to submit a payment application to the Architect by the last day of a month, the Owner shall not be required to make payment to the Contractor until the Owner's next regular payment cycle which would be the 15t'day of the month two months after receipt of the Pay Application. In light of the new competitive bidding law,add the following to Section 5.1.8: Request for Early Release of Retainage Funds: ait. I Upon achieving Substantial Completion,as defined by Iowa Code Chapter 26,the Contractor may formally request the release of all or part of the retainage funds being held on the Project. The Contractors'request for Release of the Retainage Funds shall be accompanied by a sworn statement that ten (10) calendar days prior to filing the Request for Release of the Funds a notice was given to all known subcontractors, subsubcontractors and suppliers that the Contractor is requesting the early release of retainage funds. If proper documentation is received from the Contractor,the Owner will release all retainage funds at the next monthly council meeting or within thirty(30)days, all whichever is less,except it may retain the following: { a) An amount equal to 200%of the value of labor or materials yet to be provided on the Project as determined by the Owner and its authorized contract representative. For purposes of section, "authorized contract representative"means the Architect of record on the Project,unless otherwise specified. 1 b) An amount equal to 200%of the value of any Chapter 573 claims currently on file at the time the Request of Release of Retainage is approved. Alt If the Owner withholds an amount from the retainage payment to the Contractor, the Owner will provide a reason the request is being denied to the Contractor within thirty(30)calendar days of the receipt of the request. .., Article 5.2 outlines the provisions regarding final payment and references Subparagraph 12.2.2 of AIA Document A201-2017. Under the Contract,the Owner's fmal payment to the Contractor shall be made no later than thirty-one (31)days after the issuance of the Architect's fmal Certificate of Payment. Under Section 5.2.2 add that the owner may withhold 200%of the value of the work not satisfactorily completed at the time of fmal acceptance as well as the withholding of 200% of the value of any Iowa Code Chapter 573 claims on file 30 days after final acceptance prior to the making of any final payment. Under Article 7 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION,modify as follows: , The Contract may be terminated by either the Owner or the Contractor as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions,and the Owner may suspend work in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Under Article 8 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS,modify as follows: gi "''‘ Under Section 8.2,the late payment provision should be amended to read as follows: Payments due and unpaid under the contract document shall bear interest from the date payment is due at a rate equal to the rate specified by rule pursuant to Iowa code Section 74A.2. 6 PROJECT#19-22713 S.I.B. Page 5 7 1 r I FORM OF PROPOSAL 7 GENERAL CONTRACT 1. SUBMITTED TO: CITY OF WATERLOO 2. SUBMITTED BY: 3. PROJECT: WATERLOO PUBLIC LIBRARY EXTERIOR STAIR RENOVATION FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO,IOWA 4. DOCUMENTS: A. Advertisement to Bid. ,,,. B. Instructions and Supplementary Instructions to Bidders. C. General and Supplementary General Conditions. D. Proposal Bid Form properly executed with Bid Security and/or other .w Supplementary Forms. E. Plans and Specifications. F. Addendum No. Dated Addendum No. Dated Addendum No. Dated V Addendum No. Dated (Contractor to insert number of each Addendum received) 5. AGREEMENTS: In submitting this proposal,the Contractor agrees to the following stipulations A. Contract date will be on or after the bidding date,and Contractor will be required to hold valid all terms °1 of the proposal according to the Notice to Bidders. 1 B. The requirements of the Instructions to Bidders will be adhered to. '4 C. If the undersigned be notified of the acceptance of this proposal,he/she agrees to execute a contract for the above work,for the below stated compensation in the form prescribed in Article 8.1 of the 1, Supplementary Instructions to Bidders. c''' D. The work will be accomplished in accord with the contract documents. E. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the contract,to have the work substantially completed on or before the 1st day of December 2019. `' F. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the contract and required by Article 7 to execute and deliver to the Owner prior to the signing of the agreement, a satisfactory bond in the form set out in Paragraph 7.3 of the Supplementary Instructions to Bidders. 11, G. To include in the bid all other taxes lawfully assessed against the Contractor or company in connection \{ with the work included herein. SEE: SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 3.6.1. TAXES "IN 6. PROPOSAL 1 Having carefully examined the contract documents as well as the premises and conditions affecting the work,the undersigned hereby proposes to furnish all labor and materials to complete the general contract requirements of the Ov project in accordance with said documents for the sum of: DOLLARS ($ ) BASIS BID** onik (**Basis Bid to include Contingency Allowance, see Section 012100 Allowances) Contractor initial here acknowledging allowances are included in Basis Bid u H i� a T� �r s ..e r,. ..s Re. ine Form of Proposal-General Contract(Continued) rot i +ir i Respectfully Submitted, PERSON,FIRM OR CORPORATION BIDDER ,mr FIRM: BY: Signature/Title BY: Print/Type above name/Title ast DATE: ADDRESS 1: ADDRESS 2: ;'� CITY, STATE,ZIP: PHONE: 7 FAX: EMAIL: 464 1m. Now v 3idder Status Form To be completed by all bidders Please answer"Yes" or"No" for each of the following: Part A D Yes ❑ No My company is authorized to transact business in Iowa. (To help you determine if your company is authorized, please review the worksheet on the next page). ❑ Yes ❑ No My company has an office to transact business in Iowa. ❑ Yes ❑ No My company's office in Iowa is suitable for more than receiving mail, telephone calls, and e-mail. — Yes ❑ No My company has been conducting business in Iowa for at least 3 years prior to the first request for bids on this project. ❑ Yes ❑ No My company is not a subsidiary of another business entity or my company is a subsidiary of another business entity that would qualify as a resident bidder in Iowa. If you answered "Yes"for each question above, your company qualifies as a resident bidder. Please complete Parts B and D of this form. If you answered "No" to one or more questions above, your company is a nonresident bidder. Please complete Parts C and D of this form. —To be completed by resident bidders Part B My company has maintained offices in Iowa during the past 3 years at the following addresses: Dates: / / to / / Address: City, State, Zip: Dates: / / to / / Address: City, State, Zip: Dates: / / to / / Address: You may attach additional sheet(s) if needed. City, State, Zip: To be completed by non-resident bidders Part C 1. Name of home state or foreign country reported to the Iowa Secretary of State: 2. Does your company's home state or foreign country offer preferences to resident bidders, resident labor force preferences or any other type of preference to bidders or laborers? ❑ Yes El No 3. If you answered "Yes" to question 2, identify each preference offered by your company's home state or foreign country and the appropriate legal citation. rJwc ,., You may attach additional sheet(s) if needed. _To be completed by all bidders Part D I certify that the statements made on this document are true and complete to the best of my knowledge and I know that my failure to provide accurate and truthful information may be a reason to reject my bid. Firm Name: Signature: Date: You must submit the completed form to the governmental body requesting bids per 875 Iowa Administrative Code Chapter 156. This form has been approved by the Iowa Labor Commissioner. 309-6001 (09-15) Worksheet: Authorization to Transact Business This worksheet may be used to help complete Part A of the Resident Bidder Status form. If at least one of the following describes your business, you are authorized to transact business in Iowa. 0 Yes ❑ No My business is currently registered as a contractor with the Iowa Division of Labor. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a sole proprietorship and I am an Iowa resident for Iowa income tax purposes. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a general partnership or joint venture. More than 50 percent of the general partners or joint venture parties are residents of Iowa for Iowa income tax purposes. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is an active corporation with the Iowa Secretary of State and has paid all fees required by the Secretary of State, has filed its most recent biennial report, and has not filed articles of dissolution. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a corporation whose articles of incorporation are filed in a state other than Iowa, -- the corporation has received a certificate of authority from the Iowa secretary of state, has filed its most recent biennial report with the secretary of state, and has neither received a certificate of withdrawal from the secretary of state nor had its authority revoked. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability partnership which has filed a statement of qualification in this state and the statement has not been canceled. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability partnership which has filed a statement of qualification in a state other than Iowa, has filed a statement of foreign qualification in Iowa and a statement of cancellation has not been filed. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited partnership or limited liability limited partnership which has filed a certificate of limited partnership in this state, and has not filed a statement of termination. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited partnership or a limited liability limited partnership whose certificate of limited partnership is filed in a state other than Iowa, the limited partnership or limited liability limited partnership has received notification from the Iowa secretary of state that the application for certificate of authority has been approved and no notice of cancellation has been filed by the limited partnership or the limited liability limited partnership. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability company whose certificate of organization is filed in Iowa and has not filed a statement of termination. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability company whose certificate of organization is filed in a state other than Iowa, has received a certificate of authority to transact business in Iowa and the certificate has not been revoked or canceled. 309-6001 (09-15) GENERAL CONDITIONS General Conditions of the Contract for Construction shall be AIA Document A-201,2017 by the American Institute of Architects,are hereby made to govern the accompanying drawings and specifications,except that the accompanying Supplementary General Conditions shall take precedence over and modify,delete and/or add to any statements of the AIA forms. Although AIA Document A201,2017 is not bound in these specifications,the document is considered inclusive by •�T reference and as modified by the Supplementary General Conditions hereafter. A copy of the General Conditions is available for purchase at the Architect's office or through AIA Iowa. yap Ada ,1410 air +ar. .. Pow Y ti•• Ws;• r.. :oe.. . Document A201 ....... TM Docum — 2 017 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction for the following PROJECT: (Name and location or address) ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: The author of this document has THE OWNER: added information needed for its (Name, legal status and address) completion.The author may also have revised the text of the original AIA standard form.An Additions and Deletions Report that notes added information as well as revisions to the standard form text is available THE ARCHITECT: from the author and should be (Name, legal status and address) reviewed.A vertical line in the left ... margin of this document indicates where the author has added necessary information and where the author has added to or deleted TABLE OF ARTICLES from the original AIA text. 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS This document has important legal consequences. Consultation with an 2 OWNER attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification. 3 CONTRACTOR For guidance in modifying this document to include supplementary 4 ARCHITECT conditions,see AIA Document A503TM, Guide for Supplementary 5 SUBCONTRACTORS Conditions. 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK 8 TIME 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES Init. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915, 1918,1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963,1966, 1970, 1976. 1987. 1997 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AWAP Document is protected by U.S.Co Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this A6A�` Document,or any prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document portion produced by AIA software atlt in r11 38 53civil nET on 1yright Law d1/16/2018tunder Order International tr[Nbe o. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. ies, User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) i 2.5,3.1.3,3.5,3.10.2,4.2.7 r, Architect's Authority to Reject Work INDEX _ (Topics and numbers in bold are Section headings.) 3.5,4.2.6, 12.1.2, 122.1 Architect's Copyright ;� Ii 1.1.7, 1.5 Acceptance of Nonconforming Work Architect's Decisions 9•6•6 9.9.3 12.3 3.7.4,4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.11,4.2.12,4.2.13,4.2.14,6.3, \� Acceptance cof Work 9.6.6,9.8.2,9.93,9.10.1,9.10.3, 12.3 7.3.4,7.3.9,8.1.3,8.3.1,9.2,9.4.1,9.5,9.8.4,9.9.1, 13.4.2, 15.2 Access to Work Architect's Inspections Ace,6 e . 3.7.4,4.2.2,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.8.3,9.9.2,9.10.1, 13.4 Accidenn.t P Prev ention Architect's Instructions Acts1 3.2.4,3.3.1,4.2.6,4.2.7, 13.4.2 and Omissions Architect's interpretations 3.2, 3.3.2,3.12.8,3.18,4.2.3, 8.3.1,9.5.1, 10.2.5, 4.2.11,4.2.12 `�- 10.2.8. 13.3.2, 14.1, 15.1.2, 15.2 Architect's Project Representative Addenda 4.2.10 »" 1.1.1 Additional Costs, ClaimsArchitect's Relationship with Contractor 3.7.4,3.7.5, 10.3.2, 15.1.5 for 1.1.2, 1.5,2.3.3,3.1.3,3.2.2,3.2.3,3.2.4,3.3.1,3.4.2, .- 3.5,3.7.4,3.7.5,3.9.2,3.9.3,3.10,3.11,3.12,3.16, 9. . ,Additional.8. Inspections. . 13.4 and Testing 3.18,4.1.2,4.2,5.2,6.2.2,7,8.3.1,9.2,9.3,9.4,9.5, Additionald2 9 Time,Claims 9.7,9.8,9.9, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.3, 12, 13.3.2, 13.4, 15.2 for Architect's Relationship with Subcontractors 3.2.4,3.7:4,3.7.5, 3.10.2,8.3.2, 15.1.6 1.1.2,4.2.3,4.2.4,4.2.6,9.6.3,9.6.4, 11.3 Administration 13 . ,9. . 9 5 the Contract Architect's Representations i 3.1.3,4.2,9.4, 9.5 9.4.2,9.5.1,9.10.1 Advertisement or Invitation to Bid Architect's Site Visits -.. Ae.testhetic Effect 3.7.4,4.2.2,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.9.2,9.10.1, 13.4 A Asbestos Allowances 10.3.1 Awances Attorneys'Fees ...- 3.8 3 Award of Separate.18.1,9.6.8,9.10.2,Contracts ""10.3.3 Applications for Payment 4.2.5,7:3.9,9.2,9.3, 9.4,9.5.1,9.5.4,9:6.3,9.7,9.10 11. ,6.1.2 - Approvals 6.6.1. of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for 2.1.1,2.3.1,2.5;3.1.3,3.10.2, 3.12.8,3.12.9, portions of the Work 3.12.10.1;42.7 9.3:2, 13.4.1 5.2 _ Arbitration Basic Definitions 8.3.1, 15.32, 15.4 1.1 ARCHITECT Bidding Requirements 4 1.1.1 Architect,Definition of Binding Dispute Resolution Architect,1. 8.3.1,9.7, 11.5, 13.1, 15.1.2, 15.1.3, 15.2.1, 15.2.5, Extent4.1.2 4.f Authority 15.2.6.1, 15.3.1, 15.3.2, 15.3.3, 15.4.1 2.5, 3.12.7,4.1.2,4.2, 5.2,6.3,7.1.2,7.3.4,7.4,9.2, Bonds,Lien 9.3.1,9.4,9.5.. 9.6.3,98,9.10.1,9.10.3, 12.1, 12.2.1, 4,9.6.8,9.10.2, 13.4.1, 734. 13.4.2. 14.2.2,;14.2.4, 15.1.4, 15.2.1 Bonds, 9.6.Perf8rmanc2, 9.10.3 Payment Architect,Limitations of Authority and 7.3.4.4,9.6.7,9.10.3, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.5 Responty Building information Models Use and Reliance 2.1.1,3.112.4, 3.12.8,3.12.10,4.1.2,4.2.1,4.2.2,4.2.3,4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.10,4.2.12,4.2.13,5.2.1,7.4, 1.8uilding Permit 9.4.2,9.5.4, 9.6.4, 15.1.4, 15.2 Building Architect's Additional Services and Expenses 3.7.1 2.5, 12.2.1, 13.4.2, 13.4.3, 14.2.4 Capitalization3 Architect's Administration of the Contract 1.Certificate of Substantial Completion 3.1.3,3.7.4, 15.2,9.4.1,9.5 9.8-3,9.8.4,9.8.5 Architect's Approvals AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by ri e �' Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 2y prosecutedon of it,may result in cr the maximuor extent distribution under the lDocument,or any aw.This document wasproduced by AIA software atre 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 and criminal }undern0 der No. I (369ADA5D) �.. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: k Failure of Payment INSURANCE AND BONDS 9.5.1.3,9.7,9.10.2, 13.5, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2 11 Faulty Work Insurance Companies,Consent to Partial Occupancy (See Defective or Nonconforming Work) 9.9.1 Final Completion and Final Payment Y insured loss,Adjustment and Settlement of 4.2.1,4.2.9,9.8.2,9.10, 12.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 11.5 Financial Arrangements,Owner's Intent of the Contract Documents --Y 2.2.1, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.4 1.2.1,4.2.7,4.2.12,4.2.13 GENERAL PROVISIONS Interest 1 13.5 Governing Law Interpretation 13.1 1.1.8, 1.2.3, 1.4,4.1.1,5.1,6.1.2, 15.1.1 Guarantees(See Warranty) Interpretations,Written Hazardous Materials and Substances 4.2.11,4.2.12 ...... 10.2.4, 10.3 Judgment on Final Award Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers 15.4.2 5.2.1 Labor and Materials, Equipment Indemnification 1.1.3, 1.1.6,3.4,3.5,3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12,3.13, 3.15.1, 3.17, 3.18, 9.6.8, 9.10.2, 10.3.3, 11.3 5.2.1,6.2.1, 7.3.4,9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3,9.10.2, 10.2.1, Information and Services Required of the Owner 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2 2.1.2,2.2,2.3, 3.2.2,3.12.10.1, 6.1.3,6.1.4,6.2.5, Labor Disputes 9.6.1, 9.9.2, 9.103, 10.3.3, 11.2,,,13.4.1, 13.4.2, 8.3.1 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4, 15.1.4 Laws and Regulations Initial Decision 1.5,2.3.2,3.2.3,3.2.4,3.6,3.7,3.12.10,3.13, 9.6.4, 15.2 9.9.1, 10.2.2, 13.1, 13.3.1, 13.4.2, 13.5, 14, 15.2.8, "" _ Initial Decision Maker,Definition of 15.4 1.1.8 Liens Initial Decision Maker, Decisions 2.1.2,9.3.1,9.3.3,9.6.8,9.10.2,9.10.4, 15.2.8 14.2.4, 15.1.4.2, 15.2.1, 152.2, 15.2.3, 15.2.4, 15.2.5 Limitations, Statutes of Initial Decision Maker, Extent of Authority 12.2.5, 15.1.2, 15.4.1.1 14.2.4, 15.1.4.2, 15.2.1, 15.2.2, 15.2.3, 15.2.4, 15.2.5 Limitations of Liability Injury or-Damage to Person or Property 3.2.2,3.5,3.12.10,3.12.10.1,3.17,3.18.1,4.2.6, "''.* 10.2.8. 10.4 4.2.7, 6.2.2,9.4.2,9.6.4,9.6.7,9.6.8, 10.2.5, 10.3.3, Inspections 11.3, 12.2.5, 13.3.1 3.1.3, 3.3.3,3.7.1,4.2.2,4.2.6.4.2.9, 9.4.2,9.8.3, Limitations of Time ..., 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 12.2.1, 13.4 2.1.2,2.2,2.5,3.2.2,3.10,3.11,3.12.5,3.15.1,4.2.7, Instructions to Bidders 5.2,5.3, 5.4.1, 6.2.4,7.3, 7.4, 8.2,9.2,9.3.1,9.3.3, 1.1.1 9.4.1,9.5,9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, 12.2, 13.4, 14, 15, Instructions to the Contractor 15.1.2, 15.1.3, 15.1.5 J" 3.2.4, 3.3.1,3.8.1, 52.1, 7, 8.2.2, 12, 13.4.2 Materials, Hazardous Instruments of Service,Definition of 10.2.4, 10.3 1.1.7 Materials,Labor,Equipment and Insurance 1.1.3, 1.1.6,3.4.1,3.5,3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12,3.13, 3.15.1, 6.1.1, 7.3.4, 8.2.2, 9.3.2, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 10.2.5, 5.2.1, 6.2.1, 7.3.4,9.3.2,9.3.3, 9.5.1.3,9.10.2, 11 10.2.1.2, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2 Insurance„Notice of Cancellation or Expiration Means,Methods,Techniques, Sequences and 11.1.4, 11.2.3 Procedures of Construction Insurance, Contractor's Liability 3.3.1,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,9.4.2 1 1.l Mechanic's Lien ,.�. insurance, Eft ctive Date of 2.1.2,9.3.1, 9.3.3,9.6.8,9.10.2,9.10.4, 15.2.8 8.2.2, 14.4.2 Mediation Insurance, Owner's Liability 8.3.1, 15.1.3.2, 15.2.1, 15.2.5, 15.2.6, 15.3, 15.4.1, 11.2 15.4.1.1 - Insurance,Property Minor Changes in the Work 1 10.2.5, 11.2, 11.4, 11.5 1.1.1,3.4.2,3.12.8,4.2.8, 7.1, 7.4 Insurance, Stored Materials MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS ,,,.� 9.3 2 13 Init. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915, 1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This APO Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlA''' Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be 5 / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) 4 { Modifications,Definition of Separate Contracts 1.1.1 6.1 4.. Modifications to the Contract Owner's Right to Stop the Work 1.1.1, 1.1.2,2.5,3.11,4.1.2,4.2.1,5.2.3,7,8.3.1,9.7, 2.4 10.3.2 Owner's Right to Suspend the Work Mutual Responsibility 14.3 ..... 6.2 Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract Nonconforming Work,Acceptance of 14.2, 14.4 9.6.6,9.9.3, 12.3 Ownership and Use of Drawings,Specifications and Nonconforming Work,Rejection and Correction of Other Instruments of Service 2.4,2.5,3.5,4.2.6. 6.2.4, 9.5.1,9.8.2,9.9.3,9.10.4, 1.1.1, 1.1.6, 1.1.7, 1.5,2.3.6,3.2.2,3.11,3.17,4.2.12, 12.2 5.3 Notice Partial Occupancy or Use .- 1.6,�1.6.1, 1.6.2,2.1.2,2.2r.2..2.2.3,2.2.4,2.5,3.2.4, 9.6.6,9.9 3.3.1, 3.7.4,3.7.5, 3.9.2,3.12.9,3.12.10,5.2.1,7.4, Patching,Cutting and 82.29.6.8,9.7,9.10.1. 10.2.8, 10.3.2, 11.5, 12.2.2.1, 3.14, 6.2,5 13.4.1. 13.4.2, 14.1 14.2.2, 14.4.2, 15.1.3, 15.1.5, Patents 15.1.6. 15.4.1 3.17 '_ Notice of Cancellation or Expiration of Insurance Payment,Applications for 11.1.4. 11.2.3 4.2.5, 7.3.9,9.2,9.3,9.4,9.5,9.6.3,9.7,9.8.5,9.10.1, .. Notice of Claims 14.2.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 1.6.2,2.1.2,>3.7.4,9.6.8, 10.2.8,15.1.3, 15.1.5, Payment,Certificates for • 15.1.6, 15.18- 15.3.2, 15.4.1 4.2.5,4.2.9,9.3.3,9.4,9.5,9.6.1,9.6.6,9.7,9.10.1, Notice of Testing and Inspections 9.10.3, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 4. 13.4,1, 13.4.2 Payment,Failure of Observations. Contractor's 9.5.1.3,9.7,9.10.2, 13.5, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2 3.2. 3 7 4 Payment,Final ,... Occupancy 4.2.1,4.2.9,9.10, 12.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 2.3.1,9.6.6,9.8 Payment Bond,Performance Bond and Orders,Written 7.3.4.4,9.6.7,9.10.3, 11.1.2 1.1.1.2.4,3.9.2, 7. 8,2.2, 11.5, 12.1, 12.2.2.1, 13.4.2, Payments,Progress 4. 14.3.1 9.3,9.6,9.8.5,9.10.3, 14.2.3, 15.1.4 a... OWNER PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION F 2 9 4.. Owner,Definition of Payments to Subcontractors 2 1.1 5.4.2,9.5.1.3,9.6.2,9.6.3, 9.6.4,9.6.7, 14.2.1.2 Owner,Evidence of Financial Arrangements PCB 2.2, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.4 10.3.1 Owner,Information and Services Required of the Performance Bond and Payment Bond _. 2.1.2,2.2,2.3, 3.2.2, 3.12.10, 6.1.3, 6.1.4,6.2.5, 7.3.4.4,9.6.7,9.10.3, 11.1.2 9.3.2,9.6.1,9.6.4,9.9.2,9.10.3, 10.3.3, 11.2, 13.4.1, Permits,Fees,Notices and Compliance with Laws t,,,. 13.4.2. 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4. 15.1.4 2.3.1,3.7,3.13,7.3.4.4, 10.2.2 Owner's Authority PERSONS AND PROPERTY,PROTECTION OF 1.5,2.1.1,2.3.32.4,2.5,3.4.2,3.8.1, 3.1210,3.14.2, 10 4.1.2,4.2.4,4.2.9, 5.2.1, 5.2.4,5.4.1, 6.1, 6.3,7.2.1, Polychlorinated Biphenyl 4. 7.3.1, 8.2.2, 8.3.1,9.3.2,9.5.1,9.6.4, 9.9.1,9.10.2, 10.3.1 10.3.2, 11.4, 11.5, 12.22, 12.3, 13.2.2, 14.3, 14.4, Product Data,Definition of ; 15.2.7 3.12.2 Owner's Insurance Product Data and Samples, Shop Drawings 112 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors Progress and Completion 1 �! 1.1.2, 5.2, 5.3. 5.4, 9.6.4,9.10.2, 14.2.2 4.2.2, 8.2,9.8, 9.9.1, 14.1.4, 15.1.4 Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work Progress Payments _ ' 2.5, 14.2.2 9.3, 9.6,9.8.5, 9.10.3, 14.2.3, 15.1.4 Owner's Right to Clean Up Project,Definition of ti. 6.3 1.1.4 Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to Award Project Representatives AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlA5 Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be , / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. (3B9ADA5D) ti,, User Notes: mot. 4.2.10 6.1.1 Property Insurance Shop Drawings,Definition of 10.2.5 11.2 3.12.1 Proposal Requirements Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples 1.1.1 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY Site, Use of 10 3.13, 6.1.1,6.2.1 Regulations and Laws Site Inspections 1.5,2.3.2,3.2.3,3.6,3.73.12.10, 3.13,9.6.4,9.9.1, 3.2.2,3.3.3,3.7.1,3.7.4,4.2,9.9.2,9.4.2,9.10.1, 13.4 10.2.2, 13.1,13.3, 13.41, 13.4.2, 13.5, 14, 15.2.8, Site Visits,Architect's 15.4 3.7.4,4.2.2,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.9.2,9.10.1, 13.4 Rejection of Work Special Inspections and Testing 4.2.6, 12.2.1 4.2.6, 12.2.1, 13.4 Releases and Waivers of Liens Specifications,Definition of — 9.3.1,9.10.2 1.1.6 Representations Specifications 3.2.1,3.5,3.12.6, 8.2.1.9.3.3,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.10.1 1.1.1, 1.1.6, 1.2.2, 1.5,3.12.10,3.17.4.2.14 Representatives Statute of Limitations 2.1.1, 3.1.13.9,4.1.1,4.2.10, 13.2.1 15.1.2, 15.4.1.1 Responsibility for Those Performing the Work Stopping the Work 3;3.2,3.18,4.2.2,4.2.3,5.3.6.1.3, 6.2,6.3,9.5.1, 10 2.2.2,2.4,9.7, 10.3, 14.1 Retainage Stored Materials 9.3.1, 9.6.2, 9.8.5,9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3 6.2.1, 9.3.2, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.4 Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions Subcontractor,Definition of by Contractor 5.1.1 3.2 3.12.7. 6.1.3 SUBCONTRACTORS Review of Contractor's Submittals by Owner and 5 Architect Subcontractors,Work by 3.10.1, 3.10.2, 3.113.12,42,5.2,6.1.3,9.2,9.8.2 1.2.2,3.3.2,3.12.1,3.18,4.2.3,5.2.3,5.3,5.4, Review of Shop Drawings,Product Data and 9.3.1.2,9.6.7 Samples by Contractor Subcontractual Relations 3,12 5.3, 5.4,9.3.1.2,9.6,9.10, 10.2.1, 14.1, 14.2.1 Rights and Remedies Submittals 1.1:2,2.4,2.5, 3.5,3.7.4,3.15.2,4.2.6,5.3,5.4,6.1, 3.10,3.11,3.12,4.2.7,5.2.1,5.2.3, 7.3.4, 9.2, 9.3, 6.3,7.3.1, 8.3. 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.2.5, 10.3, 12.2.1, 12.2.2, 9.8, 9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3 12.2.4, 13.3, 14, 15.4 Submittal Schedule Royalties,Patents and Copyrights 3.10.2, 3.12.5,4.2.7 3.17 Subrogation,Waivers of Rules and Notices for Arbitration 6.1.1, 11.3 15.4.1 Substances, Hazardous Safety of Persons and Property 10.3 10.2. 10.4 Substantial Completion Safety Precautions and Programs 4.2.9, 8.1.1,8.1.3, 8.2.3,9.4.2, 9.8,9.9.1,9.10.3, 3.3.1,4.22,4.2.7,5.3, 10.1, 10.2, 10.4 12.2, 15.1.2 Samples,Definition of Substantial Completion,Definition of 3.12.3 9.8.1 Samples, Shop Drawings,Product Data and Substitution of Subcontractors 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 5.2.3,5.2.4 Samples at the Site,Documents and Substitution of Architect 3.11 2.3.3 Schedule of Values Substitutions of Materials 9.2,9.3.1 3.4.2,3.5,7.3.8 Schedules, Construction Sub-subcontractor,Definition of 3.10, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 6.1.3, 15.1.6.2 5.1.2 Separate Contracts and Contractors Subsurface Conditions 1.1.4,3.12.5,3.14.2,4.2.4,4.2.7,6, 8.3.1, 12.1.2 3.7.4 Separate Contractors,Definition of Successors and Assigns Init. AIA Document A201 T"'-2017.Copyright()1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This MA'' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and international Treaties. 7 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA" Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) 13.2 2.1.2,2.2,2.5, 3.2.2,3.10,3.11,3.12.5,3.15.1,4.2, Superintendent 5.2,5.3,5.4, 6.2.4,7.3,7.4, 8.2,9.2,9.3.1,9.3.3, 3.9, 10.2.6 9.4.1,9.5,9.6,9.7, 9.8,9.9,9.10, 12.2, 13.4, 14, Supervision and Construction Procedures 15.1.2, 15.1.3, 15.4 1.2.2,3.3,3.4,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,6.1.3,6.2.4, Time Limits on Claims 7.1.3,7.3.4, 8.2, 8.3.1,9.4.2, 10, 12, 14, 15.1.4 3.7.4, 10.2.8, 15.1.2, 15.1.3 .� Suppliers Title to Work 1.5, 3.12.1,4.2.4,4.2.6,5.2.1,9.3,9.4.2,9.5.4,9.6, 9.3.2,9.3.3 9.10.5, 14.2.1 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK Surety 12 5.4.1.2,9.6.8,9.8.5, 9.10.2. 9.10.3. 11.1.2, 14.2.2, Uncovering of Work 15.2.7 12.1 Surety,Consent of Unforeseen Conditions,Concealed or Unknown 9.8.5,9.10.2,9.1 0.3 3.7.4, 8.3.1, 10.3 Surveys Unit Prices 1.1.7, 2.3.4 7.3.3.2,9.1.2 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience Use of Documents 14.3 1.1.1, 1.5,2.3.6,3.12.6,5.3 Suspension of the Work Use of Site 3,7.5,5.4.2, 14.3 3.13,6.1.1,6.2.1 Suspension or Termination of the Contract Values, Schedule of 5.4.1.1, 14 9.2,9.3.1 Taxes Waiver of Claims by the Architect 3.6,3.8.2.1; 7.3.4.4� 13.3.2 Termination by the Contractor Waiver of Claims by the Contractor 14.J, 15.1.7 9.10.5, 13.3.2, 15.1.7 Termination by the Owner for Cause Waiver of Claims by the Owner 5.4.1.114.215.1.7 9.9.3, 9.10.3,9.10.4, 12.2.2.1, 13.3.2, 14.2.4, 15.1.7 Tel inination by the IOwner for Convenience Waiver of Consequential Damages 14.4 14.2.4, 15.1.7 Termination of the Architect Waiver of Liens 2.3.3 9.3,9.10.2,9.10.4 Termination of the Contractor Employment Waivers of Subrogation 14.2.2 6.1.1, 113 Warranty TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE 3.5,4.2.9,9.3.3,9.8.4,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.4, 12.2.2, CONTRACT 15.1.2 14 Weather Delays Tests and Inspections 8.3, 15.1.6.2 3.1.3,3.3.3, 3.7.1,4.2.2,4.2.6,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.8.3, Work, Definition of • 9.9.2,9.10.1, 10.3.2, 12.2.1, 13.4 1.1.3 TIME Written Consent 8 1.5.2,3.4.2,3.7.4,3.12.8, 3.14.2,4.1.2, 9.3.2, 9.10.3. Time,Delays and Extensions of 13.2, 13.3.2, 15.4.4.2 3.2.4,3.7.4 5.2.3,7.2.1,7.3.1,7.4,8.3,9.5.1,9.7, Written Interpretations 10.3.2, 10.4, 14.3.2, 15.1.6, 15.2.5 4.2.11,4.2.12 Time Limits Written Orders 1.1.1,2.4,3.9, 7, 8.2.2, 12.1, 12.2, 13.4.2, 14.3.1 AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA° Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and international Treaties, 8 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AtAe Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) yam„ ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS §1.1 Basic Definitions §1.1.1 The Contract Documents The Contract Documents are enumerated in the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor(hereinafter the Agreement)and consist of the Agreement,Conditions of the Contract(General,Supplementary and other Conditions),Drawings,Specifications,Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract,other documents listed in the Agreement,and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract.A Modification is(1)a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties,(2)a Change Order,(3)a Construction Change Directive,or(4)a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect.Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement,the Contract Documents do not include the advertisement or invitation to bid,Instructions to Bidders,sample forms, other information furnished by the Owner in anticipation of receiving bids or proposals,the Contractor's bid or proposal, or portions of Addenda relating to bidding or proposal requirements. ._, §1.1.2 The Contract The Contract Documents form,the Contract for Construction.The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations,representations,or agreements,either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification. The Contract Documents shall — not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind(1)between the Contractor and the Architect or the Architect's consultants. (2)between the Owner and a Subcontractor or a Sub-subcontractor,(3)between the Owner and the Architect or the Architect's consultants,or(4)between any persons or entities other than the Owner and the Contractor. The Architect shall,however,be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under the Contract intended to facilitate performance of the Architect's duties. §1.1.3 The Work The term'`Work"means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents,whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor,materials,equipment,and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations.The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. §1.1.4 The Project The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by the Owner and by Separate Contractors. §1.1.5 The Drawings The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the design,location and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans,elevations,sections,details,schedules,and diagrams. §1.1.6 The Specifications The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment;systems,standards and workmanship for the Work,and performance of related services. §1.1.7 Instruments of Service Instruments of Service are representations,in any medium of expression now known or later developed,of the tangible and intangible creative work performed by the Architect and the Architect's consultants under their respective professional services agreements. Instruments of Service may include,without limitation,studies, surveys,models,sketches,drawings,specifications,and other similar materials. iatti §1.1.8 Initial Decision Maker The Initial Decision Maker is the person identified in the Agreement to render initial decisions on Claims in accordance with Section 15.2. The Initial Decision Maker shall not show partiality to the Owner or Contractor and shall not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions rendered in good faith. §1.2 Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents §1.2.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are complementary,and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all;performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent Aal t Init. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This ALA'' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 9 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlAc Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the indicated results. §1.2.1.1 The invalidity of any provision of the Contract Documents shall not invalidate the Contract or its remaining provisions. If it is determined that any provision of the Contract Documents violates any law,or is otherwise invalid or unenforceable,then that provision shall be revised to the extent necessary to make that provision legal and enforceable.In such case the Contract Documents shall be construed,to the fullest extent permitted by law,to give effect to the parties' intentions and purposes in executing the Contract. §1.2.2 Organization of the Specifications into divisions,sections and articles,and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. §1.2.3 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents,words that have well-known technical or construction industry'meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. §1.3 Capitalization Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those that are(1)specifically defined,(2)the titles of numbered articles,or(3);the titles of other documents published by the American Institute of Architects. §1.4 Interpretation In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such as"all"and"any"and articles such as"the and"an,"but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement. §1.5 Ownership and Use of Drawings,Specifications,and Other Instruments of Service §1.5.1 The Architect and the Architect's consultants shall be deemed the authors and owners of their respective Instruments of Service, including the Drawings and Specifications,and retain all common law,statutory,and other reserved rights in their Instruments of Service,including copyrights.The Contractor,Subcontractors,Sub- subcontractors, and suppliers shall not own or claim a copyright in the Instrtments of Service. Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with the Project is not to be AMID construed as publication in derogation of the Architect's or Architect's consultants' reserved rights. §;1.5.2 The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors,and suppliers are authorized to use and reproduce the Instruments of Service provided to them,subject to any protocols established pursuant to Sections 1.7 and 1.8,solely and exclusively for execution of the Work.All copies made under this authorization shall bear the copyright notice, if any,shown on the Instruments of Service. The Contractor, Subcontractors,Sub-subcontractors,and suppliers may not use the Instruments of Service on other projects or for additions to the Project outside the scope of the Work — without the specific written consent of the Owner,Architect,and the Architect's consultants. §16''Notice §1.6.1 Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.6.2,where the Contract Documents require one party to notify or give notice to the other party, such notice shall be provided in writing to the designated representative of the party to whom the notice is addressed and shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person,by mail,by courier,or by electronic transmission if a method for electronic transmission is set forth in the Agreement. i-- §1.6.2 Notice of Claims as provided in Section 15.1.3 shall be provided in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly served only if delivered to the designated representative of the party to whom the notice is addressed by ... certified or registered mail,or by courier providing proof of delivery. §1.7 Digital Data Use and Transmission The parties shall agree upon protocols governing the transmission and use of Instruments of Service or any other ..� information or documentation in digital form.The parties will use AIA Document E203TM--2013,Building Information Modeling and Digital Data Exhibit,to establish the protocols for the development,use,transmission, and exchange of digital data. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976, 1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AMA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and international Treaties. 10 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA-" Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties.and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. - 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) `, --� §1.8 Building Information Models Use and Reliance Any use of,or reliance on,all or a portion of a building information model without agreement to protocols governing the use of,and reliance on,the information contained in the model and without having those protocols set forth in AIA Document E203TM-2013,Building Information Modeling and Digital Data Exhibit,and the requisite ALA Document G202TM-2013,Project Building Information Modeling Protocol Form,shall be at the using or relying party's sole risk and without liability to the other party and its contractors or consultants,the authors of,or contributors to,the building information model,and each of their agents and employees. ARTICLE 2 OWNER §2.1 General §2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The Owner shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Owner with respect to all matters requiring the Owner's approval or authorization. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.2.1,the Architect does not have such authority.The term"Owner"means the Owner or the Owner's authorized representative. §2.1.2 TheOwner shall furnish to the Contractor,within fifteen days after receipt of a written request, information necessary and relevant for the Contractor to evaluate,give notice of, or enforce mechanic's lien rights. Such information shall include a correct statement of the record legal title to the property on which the Project is located, usually referred to as the site, and the Owner's interest therein. §2.2 Evidence of the Owner's Financial Arrangements §2.2.1 Prior to commencement of the Work and upon written request by the Contractor,the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that the Owner has made financial arrangements to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract. The Contractor shall have no obligation to commence the Work until the Owner — provides such evidence. If commencement of the Work is delayed under this Section 2.2.1,the Contract Time shall be extended appropriately. §2.2.2 Following commencement of the Work and upon written request by the Contractor,the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that the Owner has made financial arrangements to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract only if(l)the Owner fails to make payments to the Contractor as the Contract Documents require; (2)the.Contractor identifies in writing a reasonable concern regarding the Owner's ability to make payment when due; or(3) a change in the Work materially changes the Contract Sum. if the Owner fails to provide such evidence,as required,within fourteen days of the Contractor's request,the Contractor may immediately stop the Work and,in that event,shall notify the Owner that the Work has stopped.However,if the request is made because a change in the Work materially changes the Contract Sum under(3)above,the Contractor may immediately stop only that portion of the Work affected by the change until reasonable evidence is provided.If the Work is stopped under this Section 2.2.2,the Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable costs of shutdown,delay and start-up,plus interest as provided in the Contract Documents. §2.2.3 After the Owner furnishes evidence of financial arrangements under this Section 2.2,the Owner shall not materially vary such financial arrangements without prior notice to the Contractor. §2.2.4 Where the Owner has designated information furnished under this Section 2.2 as"confidential,"the Contractor shall keep the information confidential and shall not disclose it to any other person.However,the Contractor may disclose"confidential"information,after seven(7)days'notice to the Owner,where disclosure is required by law,including a subpoena or other form of compulsory legal process issued by a court or governmental entity,or by court or arbitrator(s)order.The Contractor may also disclose"confidential"information to its employees, consultants,sureties,Subcontractors and their employees,Sub-subcontractors,and others who need to know the content of such information solely and exclusively for the Project and who agree to maintain the confidentiality of such information. §2.3 Information and Services Required of the Owner §2.3.1 Except for permits and fees that are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents, including those required under Section 3.7.1,the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals,easements, aratiq Init. AIA Document A201 T"'-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlPe-:Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and international Treaties. 11 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA" Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties.and will be OR / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) assessments and charges required for construction,use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. §2.3.2 The Owner shall retain an architect lawfully licensed to practice architecture,or an entity lawfully practicing architecture,in the jurisdiction where the Project is located.That person or entity is identified as the Architect in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. �. §2.3.3 If the employment of the Architect terminates,the Owner shall employ a successor to whom the Contractor has no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the Architect. §2.3.4 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for __ the site of the Project, and a legal description of the site.The Contractor shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy of information furnished by,the Owner but shall exercise proper precautions relating to the safe performance of the Work. §2.3.5 The Owner shall furnish information or services required of the Owner by the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness. The Owner shall also furnish any other information or services under the Owner's control and relevant to the Contractor's performance of the Work with reasonable promptness after receiving the Contractor's written request for such information or services. §2.3.6 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor one copy of the Contract Documents for purposes of making reproductions pursuant to Section 1.5.2. §2.4 Owner's Right to Stop the Work If the Contractor fails to correct Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents as required by Section 12.2 or repeatedly fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents,the Owner may issue a written order to the Contractor to stop the Work,or any portion thereof,until the cause for such order has been eliminated;however,the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity,except to the extent required by Section 6.1.3. imp §2.5 Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a ten-day period after receipt of notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness,the Owner may,without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, correct such default or neglect. Such action by the Owner and amounts charged to the Contractor are both subject to prior approval of the Architect and the Architect may,pursuant to Section 9.5.1,withhold or nullify a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part,to the extent reasonably necessary to reimburse the Owner for the reasonable cost of Ammo correcting such deficiencies.including Owner's expenses and compensation for the Architect's additional services made necessary by such default,neglect,or failure.If current and future payments are not sufficient to cover such amounts,the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner.If the Contractor disagrees with the actions of the Owner or the Architect,or the amounts claimed as costs to the Owner,the Contractor may file a Claim pursuant to Article 15. ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR §3.1 General §3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number.The Contractor shall be lawfully licensed,if required in the jurisdiction where the Project is located.The Contractor shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Contractor with respect to all matters under this Contract. The term"Contractor"means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative. §3.1.2 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. §3.1.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of its obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect's administration of the Contract,or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons or entities other than the Contractor. AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958, 1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The `. init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties, 12 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) r� §3.2 Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions by Contractor §3.2.1 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site, become generally familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed,and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents. §3.2.2 Because the Contract Documents are complementary,the Contractor shall,before starting each portion of the Work, carefully study and compare the various Contract Documents relative to that portion of the Work,as well as the information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.3.4,shall take field measurements of any existing conditions related to that portion of the Work,and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it.These 4 obligations are for the purpose of facilitating coordination and construction by the Contractor and are not for the purpose of discovering errors,omissions,or inconsistencies in the Contract Documents;however,the Contractor shall promptly report to the Architect any errors,inconsistencies or omissions discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require.It is recognized that the Contractor's review is made in the Contractor's capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design professional, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. §3.2.3 The Contractor is not required to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes,rules and regulations,or lawful orders of public authorities,but the Contractor shall promptly report to the Architect any nonconformity discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require. §3.2.4 If the Contractor believes that additional cost or time is involved because of clarifications or instructions the Architect issues in response to the Contractor's notices or requests for information pursuant to Sections 3.2.2 or 3.2.3,the Contractor shall submit Claims as provided in Article 15. If the Contractor fails to perform the obligations ""` of Sections 3.2.2 or 3.2.3.the Contractor shall pay such costs and damages to the Owner,subject to Section 15.1.7, as would have been avoided if the Contractor had performed such obligations.If the Contractor performs those obligations,'the Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damages resulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents,for differences between field measurements or conditions and the Contract Documents,or for nonconformities of the Contract Documents to applicable laws,statutes, ordinances, codes,rules and regulations,and lawful orders of public authorities. §3.3 Supervision and Construction Procedures §3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work,using the Contractor's best skill and attention.The Contractor shall be solely responsible for,and have control over,construction means, methods,techniques, sequences.and procedures,and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract. If the Contract Documents give specific instructions concerning construction means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures,the Contractor shall evaluate the jobsite safety thereof and shall be solely responsible for the jobsite safety of such means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures. If the Contractor determines that such means, methods,techniques, sequences or procedures may not be safe,the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Owner and Architect,and shall propose alternative means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures. The Architect shall evaluate the proposed alternative solely for conformance with the design intent for the completed construction. Unless the Architect objects to the Contractor's proposed alternative, the Contractor shall perform the Work using its alternative means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures. §3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, " Subcontractors and their agents and employees,and other persons or entities performing portions of the Work for,or on behalf of, the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors. §3.3.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work. §3.4 Labor and Materials §3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials,equipment,tools,construction equipment and machinery,water,heat,utilities,transportation,and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work,whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. Init. AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA'Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be 13 ,, / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) §3.4.2 Except in the case of minor changes in the Work approved by the Architect in accordance with Section 3.12.8 or ordered by the Architect in accordance with Section 7.4,the Contractor may make substitutions only with the consent of the Owner,after evaluation by the Architect and in accordance with a Change Order or Construction Change Directive. §3.4.3 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and other persons carrying out the Work.The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not properly skilled in tasks assigned to them. §3.5 Warranty §3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless the Contract Documents require or permit otherwise.The �- Contractor further warrants that the Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents and will be free from defects,except for those inherent in the quality of the Work the Contract Documents require or permit. Work,materials, or equipment not conforming to these requirements may be considered defective.The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse,alterations to the Work not executed by the Contractor,improper or insufficient maintenance,improper operation,or normal wear and tear and normal usage.If required by the Architect,the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. §3.5.2 All material, equipment,or other special warranties required by the Contract Documents shall be issued in the name of the Owner, or shall be transferable to the Owner,and shall commence in accordance with Section 9.8.4. §3.6 Taxes The Contractor shall pay sales,consumer,use and similar taxes for the Work provided by the Contractor that are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded,whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect. §3.7 Permits,Fees,Notices and Compliance with Laws imma §3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit as well as for other permits,fees,licenses,and inspections by government agencies necessary for proper _ execution and completion of the Work that are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and legally required at the time bids are received or negotiations concluded. §3.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work. §3.7.3 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes, _ rules and regulations. or lawful orders of public authorities,the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such Work and shall bear the costs attributable to correction. §3.7.4 Concealed or Unknown Conditions If the Contractor encounters conditions at the site that are(1)subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions ~~ that differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or(2)unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature that differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall promptly provide notice to the Owner and the Architect before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 14 days 1.. after first observance of the conditions.The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and,if the Architect determines that they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of,or time required for,performance of any part of the Work,will recommend that an equitable adjustment be made in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both.If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified,the Architect shall promptly notify the Owner and Contractor, stating the reasons. If either party disputes the Architect's determination or recommendation,that party may submit a Claim as provided in Article 15. ti► AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 14 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. (3B9ADA5D) w.. User Notes: §3.7.5 If,in the course of the Work,the Contractor encounters human remains or recognizes the existence of burial markers,archaeological sites or wetlands not indicated in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall immediately suspend any operations that would affect them and shall notify the Owner and Architect.Upon receipt of such notice,the Owner shall promptly take any action necessary to obtain governmental authorization required to resume the operations.The Contractor shall continue to suspend such operations until otherwise instructed by the Owner but shall continue with all other operations that do not affect those remains or features.Requests for adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time arising from the existence of such remains or features may be made as provided in Article 15. §38 Allowances §38.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents.Items covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner may direct, but,the Contractor shall not be required to employ persons or entities to whom the Contractor has reasonable objection. §3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, .1 allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and all required taxes,less applicable trade discounts; .�. .2 Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the site,labor,installation costs,overhead,profit,and other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum but not in the allowances. and .3 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances,the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order. The amount of the Change Order shall reflect(1)the difference between actual costs and the allowances under Section 3.8.2.1 and(2)changes in Contractor's costs under Section 3.8.2.2. §3.8.3 Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner with reasonable promptness. §3.9 Superintendent §39.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor,and communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. §3.9.2 The Contractor,as soon as practicable after award of the Contract,shall notify the Owner and Architect of the name and qualifications of a proposed superintendent.Within 14 days of receipt of the information,the Architect may notify the Contractor,stating whether the Owner or the Architect(1)has reasonable objection to the proposed superintendent or(2)requires additional time for review.Failure of the Architect to provide notice within the 14-day period shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. §3.9.3 The Contractor shall not employ a proposed superintendent to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not change the superintendent without the Owner's consent, which shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed. §3.10 Contractor's Construction and Submittal Schedules §3.10.1 "I he Contractor,promptly after being awarded the Contract,shall submit for the Owner's and Architect's information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work. The schedule shall contain detail appropriate for the '" Project,including(1)the date of commencement of the Work,interim schedule milestone dates,and the date of Substantial Completion; (2)an apportionment of the Work by construction activity;and(3)the time required for completion of each portion of the Work. The schedule shall provide for the orderly progression of the Work to ..� completion and shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents. The schedule shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project. §3.10.2 The Contractor,promptly after being awarded the Contract and thereafter as necessary to maintain a current submittal schedule,shall submit a submittal schedule for the Architect's approval. The Architect's approval shall not be unreasonably delayed or withheld. The submittal schedule shall(1)be coordinated with the Contractor's construction schedule,and(2)allow the Architect reasonable time to review submittals.if the Contractor fails to submit a submittal schedule,or fails to provide submittals in accordance with the approved submittal schedule,the Init. AIA Document A201 T" -2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be 15 prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) tam Contractor shall not be entitled to any increase in Contract Sum or extension of Contract Time based on the time required for review of submittals. �. §3.10.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in general accordance with the most recent schedules submitted to the Owner and Architect. §3.11 Documents and Samples at the Site The Contractor shall make available,at the Project site,the Contract Documents,including Change Orders, ` Construction Change Directives,and other Modifications,in good order and marked currently to indicate field changes and selections made during construction,and the approved Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples,and similar required submittals.These shall be in electronic form or paper copy,available to the Architect and Owner, and delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work as a record of the Work as constructed. ti., §3.12 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples §3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings,diagrams, schedules,and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor,manufacturer,supplier,or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. §3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations,standard schedules,performance charts,instructions,brochures,diagrams, .. and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work. 4 §3.12.3 Samples are physical examples that illustrate materials,equipment,or workmanship,and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. §3.12.4 Shop Drawings. Product Data,Samples,and similar submittals are not Contract Documents.Their purpose is to demonstrate how the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed 1.., in the Contract Documents for those portions of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittals. y Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Section 4.2.7.Informational submittals upon which the t Architect is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. Submittals that ',Maare not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action. §3.12.5 The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents,approve,and submit to the Architect, Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples,and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents,in ... accordance with the submittal schedule approved by the Architect or,in the absence of an approved submittal schedule,with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of Separate Contractors. §3.12.6 By submitting Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples,and similar submittals,the Contractor represents to the Owner and Architect that the Contractor has(I)reviewed and approved them,(2)determined and verified materials,field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto,or will do so,and(3)checked and ... coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. §3.12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittal and review of Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples,or similar submittals,until the respective submittal has been approved by the Architect. §3.12.8 The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals except that the Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop t. Drawings,Product Data,Samples,or similar submittals,unless the Contractor has specifically notified the Architect i of such deviation at the time of submittal and(1)the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation as "` 1 a minor change in the Work,or(2)a Change Order or Construction Change Directive has been issued authorizing — _ the deviation.The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples,or similar submittals,by the Architect's approval thereof. AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The N.. Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlA'' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 16 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlA Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties.and will be / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. i 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. (3B9ADA5D) 1r i User Notes: §3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention,in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples,or similar submittals,to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals.In the absence of such notice,the Architect's approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions. §3.12.10 The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services that constitute the practice of architecture or engineering unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless the Contractor needs to provide such services in order to carry out the Contractor's responsibilities for construction means,methods,techniques,sequences,and procedures.The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. §3.12.10.1 If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems,materials,or equipment are specifically required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents,the Owner and the Architect will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy.The Contractor shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy and accuracy of the performance and design criteria provided in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by an appropriately licensed design professional,whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings,calculations,specifications,certifications, Shop Drawings. and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings,and other submittals related to the Work, designed or certified by such professional,if prepared by others,shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to the Architect. The Owner and the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy and accuracy of the services,certifications,and approvals performed or provided by such design professionals, provided the Owner and Architect have specified to the Contractor the performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Pursuant to this Section 3.12.10,the Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action on submittals only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. §3.12.10.2 if the Contract Documents require the Contractor's design professional to certify that the Work has been performed in accordance with the design criteria,the Contractor shall furnish such certifications to the Architect at the time and in the form specified by the Architect. §3.13 Use of Site ' The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes, rules and regulations, lawful orders of public authorities,and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. §"3.14 Cutting and Patching §3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting,fitting,or patching required to complete the Work or to make its parts fit together properly. All areas requiring cutting,fitting,or patching shall be restored to the condition existing prior to the cutting,fitting, or patching,unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents. §3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed construction of the Owner or Separate Contractors by cutting,patching,or otherwise altering such construction,or by excavation. The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter construction by the Owner or a Separate Contractor except with written consent of the Owner and of the Separate Contractor.Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold,from the Owner or a Separate Contractor,its consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. §3.15 Cleaning Up §3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials and rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the Work,the Contractor shall remove waste materials,rubbish,the Contractor's tools,construction equipment,machinery,and surplus materials from and about the Project. §3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents,the Owner may do so and the "� Owner shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Contractor. Init. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958, 1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlA5 Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 17 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA" Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be s'at / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) §3.16 Access to Work The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect with access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located. §3.17 Royalties,Patents and Copyrights The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees.The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement �.. of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof,but shall``.not be responsible for defense or loss when a particular design,process,or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents,or where the copyright violations are contained in Drawings, Specifications,or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect.However,if an infringement of a .,.. copyright or patent is discovered by,or made known to,the Contractor,the Contractor shall be responsible for the loss unless the information is promptly furnished to the Architect. §3.18 Indemnification §3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law,the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, Architect, Architect's consultants,and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims,damages, losses,and expenses,including but not limited to attorneys' fees,arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work,provided that such claim, damage,loss,or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness,disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property(other than the Work itself),but only to the extent caused by the negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor,a Subcontractor,anyone directly or indirectly employed by them,or anyone for whose acts they may be liable,regardless of whether or not such claim,damage,loss,or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate,abridge,or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity that would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Section 3.18. §3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Section 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them,or anyone for whose acts they may be liable,the indemnification obligation under Section 3.18.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation, or benetits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts. ARTICLE 4 ARCHITECT §4.1 General §4.1.1 The Architect is the person or entity retained by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.3.2 and identified as such in the Agreement. §4.1.2 Duties,responsibilities, and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted,modified, or extended without written consent of the Owner,Contractor,and Architect. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. _ §4.2 Administration of the Contract �-- §4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents and will be an Owner's representative during construction until the date the Architect issues the final Certificate for Payment. The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents. §4.2.2 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction,or as otherwise agreed with the Owner,to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, ..� and to determine in general if the Work observed is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work,when fully completed,will be in accordance with the Contract Documents.However,the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. The Architect will not have control over,charge of,or responsibility for the construction means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures,'or for the safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work,since these are solely the Contractor's rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents. §4.2.3 On the basis of the site visits,the Architect will keep the Owner reasonably informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed,and promptly report to the Owner(1)known deviations from the AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The `.. init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties, 18 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA`` Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) 1.. Contract Documents,(2)known deviations from the most recent construction schedule submitted by the Contractor, and(3)defects and deficiencies observed in the Work.The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect will not have control over or charge of,and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of,the Contractor,Subcontractors, or,their agents or employees,or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. §4.2.4 Communications The Owner and Contractor shall include the Architect in all communications that relate to or affect the Architect's services or professional responsibilities.The Owner shall promptly notify the Architect of the substance of any direct communications between the Owner and the Contractor otherwise relating to the Project. Communications by and with the Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect.Communications by and with Subcontractors and suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Communications by and with Separate Contractors shall be through the Owner. The Contract Documents may specify other communication protocols. §,4.2.5 Based on the Architect's evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. §4.2.6 The Architect has authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents.Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable,the Architect will have authority to require inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Sections 13.4.2 and 13.4.3,whether or not the Work is fabricated,installed or completed. However,neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to - exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractors, suppliers,then agents or employees,or other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. §4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve,or take other appropriate action upon,the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples,but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with'information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents.The Architect's action will be taken in accordance with the submittal schedule approved by the Architect or,in the absence of an approved submittal schedule,with reasonable promptness while allowing sufficient time in the Architect's professional judgment to permit adequate review.Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities,or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems,all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents. The Architect's review of the Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under Sections 3.3,3.5,and 3.12. The Architect's review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or of any construction means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures.The Architect's approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. §4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives,and may order minor changes in the Work as provided in Section 7.4.The Architect will investigate and make determinations and ""` recommendations regarding concealed and unknown conditions as provided in Section 3.7.4. §4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion;issue Certificates of Substantial Completion pursuant to Section 9.8;receive and forward to the Owner,for the Owner's review and records,written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor pursuant to Section 9.10;and issue a final Certificate for Payment pursuant to Section 9.10. §4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree,the Architect will provide one or more Project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. The Owner shall notify the Contractor of any change in the duties,responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Project representatives. ( §4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under,and requirements of,the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. §4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of,and reasonably inferable from,the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings.When making such interpretations I nit. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlAt''Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 19 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be 1 / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. 4 User Notes: (369ADA5D) and decisions,the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor,will not show partiality to either,and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions rendered in good faith. §4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents. §4.2.14 The Architect will review and respond to requests for information about the Contract Documents.The Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. If appropriate,the Architect will prepare and issue supplemental Drawings and Specifications in response to the requests for information. ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS §5.1 Definitions §5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term"Subcontractor"is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor. The term"Subcontractor" does not include a Separate Contractor or the subcontractors of a Separate Contractor. §5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site.The term"Sub-subcontractor"is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub- subcontractor. §5.2 Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Portions of the Work §5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents,the Contractor,as soon as practicable after award of the _ Contract,shall notify the Owner and Architect of the persons or entities proposed for each principal portion of the Work, including,those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design.Within 14 days of �Ulm I receipt of the information,the Architect may notify the Contractor whether the Owner or the Architect(1)has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity or(2)requires additional time for review.Failure of the Architect to provide notice within the 14-day period shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. §5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection. ,,.. §5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor,the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no reasonable objection.if the proposed but rejected Subcontractor was reasonably capable of performing the Work,the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be increased or decreased by the difference,if any,occasioned by such change,and an appropriate Change Order _ shall be issued before commencement of the substitute Subcontractor's Work.However,no increase in the Contract Sum or Contract Time shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required. §5.2.4 The Contractor shall not substitute a Subcontractor,person,or entity for one previously selected if the Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such substitution. §5.3 Subcontractual Relations By appropriate written agreement,the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor,to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor,to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities,including the responsibility for safety of the Subcontractor's Work that the Contractor,by these Contract Documents,assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not _ prejudice such rights,and shall allow to the Subcontractor,unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement,the benefit of all rights,remedies,and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor,by the Contract Documents,has against the Owner.Where appropriate,the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub-subcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, AIA Document A201 T"-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The ti.. (nit. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA" Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties, 20 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIM Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,end will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) ►.. §9.10.4 The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arisingfrom .1 liens,Claims, security interests,or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and unsettled; •2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents; ". .3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents;or .4 audits performed by the Owner,if permitted by the Contract Documents,after final payment. §9.10.5 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor,a Subcontractor,or a supplier,shall constitute a waiver claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee final Application for Payment. of p y e as unsettled at the time of ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY §10.1 Safety Precautions and Programs ( • The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating,maintaining in connection with the performance of the Contract. b,and supervising all safety precautions and programs §10.2 Safety of Persons and Property §10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of,and shall provide reason able protection to prevent damage,injury, or loss to .1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby; .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein,whether in storage under care.custody,or control of the Contractor,a Subcontractor,or a Sub-subcontractor; and .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto,such as trees,shrubs,lawns,walksg on or off the roadways, site, structures, and utilities not designated for removal,relocation,or replacement in the course pavements, construction. of §10.2.2 The Contractor shall comply with,and give notices required by applicable laws, rules and regulations,and lawful orders of public authorities,bearing on safety of persons or property protection from damage,injury, statutes,ordinances,codes, g or loss. p p rty or their §10.2.3 The Contractor shall implement,erect,and maintain,as required by existing the Contract,reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including against hazards;promulgating safety regulations;and notifying the conditions and performance of posting danger signs and other warnings the safeguards. fY g owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities of §10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment,or unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. §10.2.5 The Contractor,shall promptly remedy damage and loss(other than damage or loss insurance required by the Contract Documents)to property referred to in Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused g insured under property _ whole'or in part by the Contractor,a Subcontractor,a Sub-subcontractor,or anyone directly or indirectlyemployed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is r in Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3. The Contractor may make a Claim for the cost to remedyto the extent such damage or loss is attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architectresponsible under indirectly employed by either of them, or by anyone for whose acts eithermay the damage or loss to be liable,anyone directly or to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Co tractor are iadd addition to attributableh Contractor's obligations under Section 3.18. n the §10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor's organization at the site whose duty .-, shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and Architect. §10.2.7 The Contractor shall not permit any part of the construction stuction or site to be loaded so as create an unsafe condition. to cause damage or pig I t Init. AIA Document A201 T"—2017.Cop yright©1911, 1915, 1918,1925,1937,1951,1958 1961 1963,1966,1970,1976, 1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA(''Document is protected by U.S.Co Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA�='Document,or any / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 1p1 38:53 ET on 1yright Law d1/1 /2018 International Orderd portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be 29 1875935897 which expires on 0 7/1 312 01 9,and is not for resale. User Notes: 6/2018 under No. (3B9ADA5D) 4 b.. i §10.2.8 Injury or Damage to Person or Property If other rt r either party suffers injury or damage to person or property because of an act or omissionage,whetherofhe not pasuredy,o hofl N.... others for'whose acts such party is legally responsible,notice ofthe injury or be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after discovery.The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter. §10.3 Hazardous Materials and Substances §10.3.1 The Contractor is responsible for compliancen C with anytor reenquirements es a hazardousincluded in r Contract Documents ocue e is ,� regarding hazardous materials c or eusubstances. If ent addressed e the Con tract Documents and if reasonable precautions will be inadequate f limited tovasbestossor able bodily injury or death to persons resulting from a material or substance,including l,upon pY _ ol< chlorinated biphenyl(PCB),encountered on the area and notite by the �fy the Owner and Architectntractor,the Contractor lof the condirecognizing the condition,immediately stop Work in the affected e lic oratory to §10.3p.2 U on receipt of the Contractor's notice,the Owner shall obtainthe Con tact services and, f the easet d labh material verify ~� the presence or absence of the material or substance reported by substance is found to be present,to cause it to be rendered h dCo d harmless.actor and Architectess hhe names and qualifications of Documents,the Owner shall furnish in writing to presence or absence of the material or substance or who are ... persons or entities who are to..perform tests verifying the toperform the task of removal or safe containment of the in or not eitherial or r reasonablestance.The nobject on to he Architect thepersons or statingwhetherproposedsor will promptly reply the the Ownerner. in writing entitiesproposedOwner, e Owner.If either the Contractor to whom the rCont actor and the Architect hi ect have no reasonable `, by the the Owner shall propose objection.When the material or substance has been rendered harmless,Work in the affected area shall resume upon written agreement of the'Owner and Contractor.By Change eOrder,amounhoe Cf the Conract tractor's shall reasonablell be extended additional costs appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be me Y of shutdown.delay,and start-up. the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, §10.3.3 To the fullest extent:permitted by law, ees of anyof them from and against �, Subcontractors.Architect,Architect's consultants,and agents and employ claims damages,losses, and expenses,including but not limited oattorneys' substance presents the risk of resulting yrinjuro or , performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact the material death as described in Section 10.3.1 and has not been rendered harmless,provided that such claim,damage,loss,or njury to or ction of expense is attributable to bodily injury,sickness,disease t such damage,loss,ror expense as due to the faultgobn property (other than the Work itself),except to the ex of the party seeking indemnity. .., §1n3.4 The Owner shall not be responsible under this Section 10.3 ter hred hazardous the Contractalsr substances uments.The Contractor brings to the site unless, such materials or substances areq the Contract � Owner shall be responsible for hazardous materials or andances handlingq itf suchb materials or substances.Dts,except to the extent of the Contractor's fault or negligence in the u 10.3.5 The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the cost and expense the Owner incurs(1)for remediation of § or(2)where the �.. hazardous materials or substances the Contractorbringt103 lsrexcept togtheextent that the cost and expense are Contractor fails to perform its obligations under Section � due to the Owner's fault or negligence. 10.3.6 If,without negligence on the part of the Contractor,the Contractor is held liable by a government agency for I., theo cost of remediation of a hazardous material or substance solely by reason of performing Work as required by the Contract Documents,the Owner shall reimburse the Contractor for all cost and expense thereby incurred. � §10.4 Emergencies etion,to In an emergency affecting safety of persons ora property, compensation or extension of�timeu claimed by the Contractor prevent threatened damage,injury,or loss.Ad ... on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Article 15 and Article 7. Law andInternational,200rid2Treaties. 30~ AIA Document A201 T"—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. portion of it,may ted by in severe in and criminal na and wille . American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This ALA' Document is protected U.S.Copyright be prows ted reproduction or distributionof thisn rt he la This t,cu any / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under B9ADA5D) I.-.1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: �=- ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS §11.1 Contractor's Insurance and Bonds §11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain insurance of the types and limits of liability,containing the endorsements,and subject to the terms and conditions,as described in the Agreement or elsewhere in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain the required insurance from an insurance company or insurance companies lawfully authorized to issue insurance in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. The Owner, Architect,and Architect's consultants shall be named as additional insureds under the Contractor's commercial general liability policy or as otherwise described in the Contract Documents. §11.1.2 The Contractor shall provide surety bonds of the types, for such penal sums,and subject to such terms and conditions as required by the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain the required bonds from a company or companies lawfully authorized to issue surety bonds in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. §11.1.3 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obligations arising under the Contract,the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall authorize a copy to be furnished. §11.1.4 Notice of Cancellation or Expiration of Contractor's Required Insurance.Within three(3)business days of the date the Contractor becomes aware of an impending or actual cancellation or expiration of any insurance required by the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide notice to the Owner of such impending or actual cancellation or expiration. Upon receipt of notice from the Contractor, the Owner shall,unless the lapse in coverage arises from an act or omission of the Owner,have the right to stop the Work until the lapse in coverage has been cured by the procurement of replacement coverage by the Contractor. The furnishing of notice by the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of any contractual obligation to provide any required coverage. §11.2 Owner's Insurance §11.2.1 The Owner shall purchase and maintain insurance of the types and limits of liability,containing the endorsements, and subject to the terms and conditions,as described in the Agreement or elsewhere in the Contract Documents. The Owner shall purchase and maintain the required insurance from an insurance company or insurance companies lawfully authorized to issue insurance in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. §11.2.2 Failure to Purchase Required Property Insurance.If the Owner fails to purchase and maintain the required property insurance,with all of the coverages and in the amounts described in the Agreement or elsewhere in the Contract Documents,the Owner shall inform the Contractor in writing prior to commencement of the Work.Upon receipt of notice from the Owner,the Contractor may delay commencement of the Work and may obtain insurance that will protect the interests of the Contractor,Subcontractors,and Sub-Subcontractors in the Work. When the failure to provide coverage has been cured or resolved,the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be equitably adjusted. In the event the Owner fails to procure coverage,the Owner waives all rights against the Contractor, Subcontractors,and Sub-subcontractors to the extent the loss to the Owner would have been covered by the insurance to have been procured by the Owner. The cost of the insurance shall be charged to the Owner by a Change Order. If the Owner does not provide written notice,and the Contractor is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to purchase or maintain the required insurance,the Owner shall reimburse the Contractor for all reasonable costs and damages attributable thereto. §11.2.3 Notice of Cancellation or Expiration of Owner's Required Property Insurance.Within three(3)business days of the date the Owner becomes aware of an impending or actual cancellation or expiration of any property insurance required by the Contract Documents,the Owner shall provide notice to the Contractor of such impending or actual cancellation or expiration.Unless the lapse in coverage arises from an act or omission of the Contractor:(1)the Contractor. upon receipt of notice from the Owner,shall have the right to stop the Work until the lapse in coverage has been cured,by the procurement of replacement coverage by either the Owner or the Contractor; (2)the Contract Time and Contract Sum shall be equitably adjusted;and(3)the Owner waives all rights against the Contractor, Subcontractors,and Sub-subcontractors to the extent any loss to the Owner would have been covered by the insurance had it not expired or been cancelled.If the Contractor purchases replacement coverage,the cost of the insurance shall be charged to the Owner by an appropriate Change Order. The furnishing of notice by the Owner shall not relieve the Owner of any contractual obligation to provide required insurance. Init. AIA Document A201 rM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925, 1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976, 1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA" Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AEA'Document,or anyportionsevere civiland criminal and International and will b 31 r / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at11:38:53ET on 11/16/2018 under Order Noe . 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) 6. §11.3 Waivers of Subrogation §11.3.1 The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against(1)each other and any of their subcontractors,sub- t! subcontractors,agents,and employees,each of the other;(2)the Architect and Architect's consultants;and(3) Separate Contractors,if any,and any of their subcontractors, sub-subcontractors,agents, and employees, for damages caused by fire,or other causes of loss,to the extent those losses are covered by property insurance required by the Agreement or other property insurance applicable to the Project,except such rights as they have to proceeds ... of such insurance.The Owner or Contractor,as appropriate,shall require similar written waivers in favor of the individuals and entities identified above from the Architect,Architect's consultants,Separate Contractors, subcontractors,and sub-subcontractors.The policies of insurance purchased and maintained by each person or entity agreeing to waive claims pursuant to this section 11.3.1 shall not prohibit this waiver of subrogation.This waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity(1)even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification,contractual or otherwise,(2)even though that person or entity did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly,or(3)whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the damaged — property. §11.3.2 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties,real or personal or both,at or adjacent to the site by property insurance under policies separate from those insuring the Project,or if after final payment property insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Project during the construction period,to the extent permissible by such policies,the Owner waives all rights in accordance with the terms of Section 11.3.1 for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss covered by this separate property insurance. §11.4 Loss of Use, Business Interruption,and Delay in Completion Insurance 1., The Owner,at the Owner's option,may purchase and maintain insurance that will protect the Owner against loss of use of the Owner's property,or the inability to conduct normal operations,due to fire or other causes of loss.The — ! property, Owner waives all rights of action a ainst the Contractor and Architect for loss of use of the Owner'sdue to fire or other hazards however caused. §11.5 Adjustment and Settlement of Insured Loss §11.5.1 A loss insured under the property insurance required by the Agreement shall be adjusted by the Owner as i.... fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds,as their interests may appear,subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Section 11.5.2.The Owner shall pay the Architect and Contractor their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the Owner,and by appropriate agreements the , Architect and Contractor shall make payments to their consultants and Subcontractors in similar manner. 6.- §11.5.2 Prior to settlement of an insured loss,the Owner shall notify the Contractor of the terms of the proposed settlement as well as the proposed allocation of the insurance proceeds.The Contractor shall have 14 days from receipt of notice to object to the proposed settlement or allocation of the proceeds.If the Contractor does not object, the Owner shall settle the loss and the Contractor shall be bound by the settlement and allocation.Upon receipt,the Owner shall deposit the insurance proceeds in a separate account and make the appropriate distributions.Thereafter, if no other agreement is made or the Owner does not terminate the Contract for convenience,the Owner and ‘.. Contractor shall execute a Change Order for reconstruction of the damaged or destroyed Work in the amount allocated for that purpose.if the Contractor timely objects to either the terms of the proposed settlement or the allocation of the proceeds,the Owner may proceed to settle the insured loss,and any dispute between the Owner and Contractor arising out of the settlement or allocation of the proceeds shall be resolved pursuant to Article 15. Pending resolution of any dispute,the Owner may issue a Construction Change Directive for the reconstruction of the damaged or destroyed Work. . ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK §12.1 Uncovering of Work §12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect's request or to requirements specifically , expressed in the Contract Documents,it must,if requested in writing by the Architect,be uncovered for the Architect's examination and be replaced at the Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Time. §12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered that the Architect has not specifically requested to examine prior '..., to its being covered,the Architect may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor.If such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment to AIA Document A2D1 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The — init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA'Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 32 '! Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AM' Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be _ / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. (369ADA5D) 9. User Notes: — the Contract Sum and Contract Time as may be appropriate.If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents,the costs of uncovering the Work,and the cost of correction,shall be at the Contractor's expense. §12.2 Correction of Work §12.2.1 Before Substantial Completion The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents,discovered before Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated,installed or completed. Costs of correcting such rejected Work,including additional testing and inspections,the cost of uncovering and replacement,and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, shall be at the Contractor's expense. — §12.2.2 After Substantial Completion §12.2.2.1 In addition to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.5,if,within one year after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the date for commencement o established under Section 9.9.1, or by terms of any applicable special warranty required by the Contract D any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract D previously given the f warrantiesratotr shall correct it promptly after receipt of notice from the Owner to do so,unless the Owner has previously the Contractor ocuments, Contractor a written acceptance of such condition. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the — condition. During the one-year period for correction of Work,if the Owner fails to notify the Contractor and give the Contractor an opportunity to make the correction,the Owner waives the rights to require correction by the Contractor and to make a claim for breach of warranty.If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time during that period after receipt of notice from the Owner or Architect,the Owner may accordance with Section 2.5. correct it in §12.2.2.2 The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual completion of that portion of the Work. §12.2.2.3 The one-year period for correction of Work shall not be extended by corrective Work performedContractor pursuant to this Section 12.2. by the §12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work that are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. §12,2.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction of the Owner or Separate Contractors,whether completed or partially completed,caused by the Contractor's correction or removal of Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. §12.2.5 Nothing contained in this Section 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations the Contractor has under the Contract Documents.Establishment of the one-year period for correction of Work as described in Section 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work,and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced,nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Contractor's obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. §12.3 Acceptance of Nonconforming Work If the Owner prefers to accept Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents,the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction,in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS §13.1 Governing Law The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located,excluding that 'urisdicti choice of law rules. If the parties have selected arbitration as the method of binding disputeresolution on s Arbitration Act shall govern Section 15.4, n, the Federal Init. AtA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright 01911,1915, 1918,1925,1937,1951,1958, 1961,1963,1966,1970,1976, 1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AW Document is protected by U.S.Co Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAt Document,or any / prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was�produced by AIA software aton of it,may result in r1p1:38:53 ET oe civil and n 11/16 2018tunde Ordyright Law and International er No. 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. 33 User Notes: (389ADA5D) §13.2 Successors and Assigns §13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectivelyobhnd ationsicontainedi n thselves,their partners, Contract Documents.Except provided legal >� t and representatives to covenants,agreements, g in Section 13.2.2,neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the , other.If either party attempts to make an assignment without such consent,that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract. §13.2.2 The Owner may,without consent of the Contractor,assign the ighe Contractobligatio tos au tenderth providingContract c ocumenio financing for the Project,if the lender assumes the Owner'srights and The Contractor shall execute all consents reasonably required to facilitate the assignment. §13.3 Rights and Remedies; 13.3.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rightsg andires edies availableise i b thosed orre available shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties,obligations,rights, by law. �- 3.3.2 a 1 afforded No action or failure to act by the Owner,Architect,or Contractor shal constitute of waiver r of aright or induty a afforded them under the Contract,nor shall such action or failure to act consapproval , breach thereunder,except as may be specifically agreed upon in writing. ...., \ §13.4 Tests and Inspections Do 4.1 Tests, inby applicable and approvals statutes,orrtions of the dinances,es,codes, shall be made as regulations orrlawfultorders of public 1� Documents and by otherwise authorities. Unless otherwise provided,the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests,inspections,ta d public approvals with an independent testing laboratory°ns e entity ctionseand approtable to vals.Owner, Contractor shallpg give the Architect i authority,and shall bear all related costs of tests, p +•• timely notice of when and where tests and inspe'nions are ections or approvals that do not be be made so that the come requirements untilsuch procedures.The Owneri shall bear costs of to p after bids are received or negotiations concluded.The Owner shall directly arrange and pay for tests,inspections,or .� approvals where building codes or applicable laws or regulations so require. the k §13.4.2 If the Architect,Owner,or public authorities having ngr jurisdiction Section 13.dete minehe Architect portionst i f upon Work require additional resting; inspection,or approval not included for such additional authorization from the Owner,instruct the Contractor to make arrangements meetsshall give timely notice to thet Architectesting, inspection,of � or approval, by an entity acceptable to the Owner,and the Contractor when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. Such costs,except as provided in Section 13.4.3,shall be at the Owner's expense. §13.4.3 If procedures for testing,inspection,or approval under Sections 13.4.1 and 13.4.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents,all costs made necessary by such failure,including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses, shall be at the Contractor's expense. §13.4.4 Required certificates of testing,inspection,or approval shall,unless lArchit citwise required by the Contract Documents,be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered1r to §13.4.5 If the Architect is to observe tests,inspections,or approvals required by the Contract Documents,the Architect will do so promptly and,where practicable,at the normal place of testing. §13.4.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid , unreasonable delay in the Work. §13.5 Interest bear Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall the interest al rate prevailing from time tntime at the place L. the parties agree upon in writing or,in the absence thereof, g where the Project is located. TM_ Copyright O 1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987, 1a9 International d217 by The 34 law AIA Documenti to o1 tec s.A Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIM Document is protected byU.S.Copy ht Unauthorized reproduction or tent possi le thder AIM' ..This doccumentwasument,or any ion of it,may result in produced by AIA software severe civil and criminal 38 53 ET on 11/16/2018jes.and will be under Order No. / prosecuted to the maximum extent possib9e un (r Order o. User 5897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: Om ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT §14.1 Termination by the Contractor §14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped through no act or fault of the Contractor,a Subcontractor,a Sub-subcontractor, their ntrfor a period agentsof consecutive days other persons or entities performing portions of the Work, for any of the following .1 Issuance of an order of a court or other public authorityhaving or employees,or any reasons: stopped; vma jurisdiction that requires all Work to be .2 An act of emergency,government,such as a declaration of national en stopped; g cy,that requires all Work to be .3 Because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and the reason for withholding certification as provided in Section 9.4.1, or made payment on a Certificate for Pa has not notified the Contractor of .4 The O has failed to furnish at to the Contractor reasonablebecause the Owner has not Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents; or §14.1.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if,through evidence as required by Section 2.2. Sub-subcontractor, their agents or employees,or any no act or fault of the Contractor,a Subcontractor a repeated suspensions, delays, or interruptions of the entire Work by the Owner as other persons or entities performing c' constitute in the aggregate more than 100 percent of the total number of days g portions of the Work, in any ate the period, whi more et is 10. describeduleo in Section 14.3, y scheduled for completion,or 120 days §14.1.3 If one of the reasons described in Section 14.1.1 or 14.1.2 exists, notice to the Owner and Architect,terminate the Contract and recover from the well as reasonable overhead and profit onat Work notexecuted, xrsts,the Contractor may,upon seven days' Owner payment for Work termination. and costs incurred by reason of such termination. „� §14.1.4 If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 consecutive days Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor,or their agents or employees or any other portions of the Work because.: `the Owner has repeatedly failed to y through no act or fault of the Contractor,a Do of with respect matters important o the progressof the Work,t persons oboligations entitiesonsperformingth days' noticen to the Owner and the Architect,terminate the of the the Owner's Contractor undernseventhe addition the a may,upon additional Section 14.1.3: Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in §1¶4.2 Termination by the Owner for Cause §14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor .1 repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials; .2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors or suppliers in accordance between the Contractor and the Subcontractors or suppliers; .3 repeatedly disregards:applicable laws,statutes,ordinanc with the respective agreements orders of a public authority; or es,codes,rules and regulations, or lawful �., .4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Con §14.2.2 When any of the reasons described in Section 14.2.1 exist,and upon certificationt Documents. sufficient cause exists to justify such action,the Owner may, Owneriand after giving theu justify o the tor's surety, any othery rightstge or remediest that without sevene to in toemployment of the went of the Contractor and may,subject to anyts if any, days'notice,terminate emplo inept of the surety: .1 Exclude the Contractor from thesite and take possession of all materials, Y construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor; pals, equipment,tools,and .2 Accept assignment of subcontracts .3 Finish the Work by whatever reasonable method theant to n Owner on 5.4;and of the Contractor,the Owner shall omay deem expoun in of written request furnish ro the Contractor a detailed accounting of the costs incurred by the Owner in finishing the Work. 14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated not be entitled to receive further payment in Section 14.2.1,the Contractor shall " until the Work is finished. §14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, and other damages incurred --� expressly waived, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs and damagesWork,including compensation for by the Owner d balance,not init. AIA Document A201 TM_2p17.Copyright exceed the unpaid American A 01 TN-201s.All n rightts reserved.0191, 915 paid Unauthorized ute fArhto righ€tiro t d A►A`1918,192 i AIA 1951, 1958,s1961, pro 1 c63 wWARNING:This AiA°Document is protected by 1966,1970, 1976, 1987,1997 prosecuted Unauthorized tod reproductionthe maxim or distribution possible this theA taw.Document, document was produced by U.S.severe '200 and penalties.a1 d and will The 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resalle tangent,or any portion of it,mayresult in civil spear criminal International Treaties, User Notes: AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order►No. 35 i (3B9ADA5D) ..... the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner.The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner,as the case may be,shall be certified by the Initial Decision Maker,upon application,and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract. §14.3 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience §14.3.1 The Owner may,without cause,order the Contractor in writing to suspend,delay or interrupt the Work,in _ whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may deterrnine. §14.3.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted for increases in the cost and time caused by ..,.. suspension,delay,or interruption under Section 14.3.1. Adjustment of the Contract Sum shall include profit.No adjustment shall be made to the extent --- i .1 that performance is,was,or would have been,so suspended,delayed,or interrupted,by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible;or 1.... .2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract. §14.4 Termination by the Owner for Convenience .._ §14.4.1 The Owner may,at any time,terminate the Contract for the Owner's convenience and without cause. §14.4.2 Upon receipt of notice from the Owner of such termination for the Owner's convenience,the Contractor shall — .1 cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice; .2 take actions necessary,or that the Owner may direct,for the protection and preservation of the Work; and \,... .3 except for Work directed to be performed prior to the effective date of termination stated in the notice, terminate all existing subcontracts and purchase orders and enter into no further subcontracts and purchase orders. §14.4.3 In case of such termination for the Owner's convenience,the Owner shall pay the Contractor for Work properly executed.,costs incurred by reason of the termination,including costs attributable to termination of Subcontracts; and the termination fee,if any,set forth in the Agreement. i... , ARTICLE 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES §15.1 Claims §15.1.1 Definition 1...... A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking,as a matter of right,payment of money,a change in the Contract Time. or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract.The term"Claim"also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract.The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim.This Section 15.1.1 does not require I... the Owner to file a Claim in order to impose liquidated damages in accordance with the Contract Documents. . .. §15.1.2 Time Limits on Claims N... The Owner and Contractor shall commence all Claims and causes of action against the other and arising out of or related to the Contract,whether in contract,tort,breach of warranty or otherwise,in accordance with the requirements of the binding dispute resolution method selected in the Agreement and within the period specified by applicable law,but in any case not more than 10 years after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work.The Owner and Contractor waive all Claims and causes of action not commenced in accordance with this Section 15.1.2. §15.1.3 Notice of Claims \.... §15.1.3.1 Claims by either the Owner or Contractor,where the condition giving rise to the Claim is first discovered prior to expiration of the period for correction of the Work set forth in Section 12.2.2,shall be initiated by notice to the other party and to the Initial Decision Maker with a copy sent to the Architect,if the Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision Maker.Claims by either party under this Section 15.1.3.1 shall be initiated within 21 days after %...r. occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim,whichever is later. AIA Document A201 TH.-2017.Copyright 1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The 1.... init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This Alg Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties, 36 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIM Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. User Notes: (3B9ADA5D) 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. ..... r ArA §15.1.3.2 Claims by either the Owner or Contractor,where the condition giving rise to the Claim is first ' after expiration of the period for correction of the Work set forth in Section 12.2.2,shall be initiated bynotice to the other party.In such event,no decision by the Initial Decision Maker is required. discovered §15.1.4 Continuing Contract Performance §15.1.4.1 Pending fmal resolution of a Claim, except as otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in Section and Article 14,the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.7 §15.1.4.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted in accordance with decision, subject to the right of either party to proceed in accordance with this Article 15. The Architect will issue Certificates for Payment in`accordance with the decision of the Initial Decision Maker. §15.1.5 Claims for Additional Cost '-' If the Contractor wishes to make a Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum,notice asprovided shall be given before proceeding to execute the portion of the Work that is the subject of not required for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or property a. • in Section 15.1.3 the Claim.Prior notice is �-• p p ty arising under Section 10.4. §15.1.6 Claims for Additional Time §15.1.6.1 If the Contractor wishes to make a Claim for an increase in the Contract Time, notice Section 15.1:3 shall be given. The Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of cost and delay on progress of the Work. In the case of a continuing delay,only one Claim isas provided in �. of probable effect of necessary. §15.1.6.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time,such Claim documented by data, P substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time, could not have shall be been reasonably anticipated,and had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction. §15.1.7 Waiver of Claims for Consequential Damages The Contractor and Owner waive Claims against each other for consequential damages arising this Contract. This mutual waiver includes .1 damages incurred by the Owner for rental expenses,for lossesg out of or relating to ,.� business and reputation, and for loss of management or employee productivity or of the e,profit,financing, such persons; andservices of .2 damages incurred by the Contractor for principal office expenses including the compensation personnel stationed there, for losses of financing,business and reputation,and for loss of profit except anticipated profit arising directly from the Work. profit, This mutual waiver is applicable, without limitation,to all consequential damages due to i in accordance with Article 14. Nothing contained in this Section 15.1.7 shall be deemed to preclude ""• either party's termination liquidated damages, when applicable, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. p de assessment of §15.2 Initial Decision §15.2.1 Claims, excluding those where the condition giving rise to the Claim is first discovered the period for correction of the Work set forth in Section 12.2.2 or arising under Sections 10.3 10.4,and 11 shall be referred to the Initial Decision Maker for initial decision. The Architect will serve asM after expiration of unless otherwise indicated in the Agreement.Except for those Claims excluded by this Section 15.2.1 an initial r" decision shall be required as a condition precedent to mediation of any Claim. if initial decision has not been an the Initial Decision Maker, rendered within 30 days after the Claim has been referred to the Initial Decision Maker,the party asserting Claim may demand mediation and binding dispute resolution without a decision having Initial Decision Maker and all affected parties agree,the Initial Decision Maker will not between the the Contractor and persons or entities other than the Owner. been rendered. Unless the decide disputes §15.2.2,The Initial Decision Maker will review Claims and within ten days of the receipt more of the following actions: (1)request additional supporting data from the claimant or a i data from the other a p of a Claim take one or or(5)advise the partiesparty, (2)at he Initial cthe Claim aim whole or in able to approvep the responsesut with supporting is P (3)resolve the Claim,(4)suggest a compromise, lacks sufficient information to evaluate the merits of the Claim or if the Initial Decision MakerInitconial Dcludesothat Maker t AIA Document A2o1 TM_ in the 0-4 Init. 2017.Copyright©1911,1915, 1918,1925,1937,1951, 1958, 1961,1963,1966, 1970,1976, 1987,1997,2007 American Institute of Architects Ap rights reserved.wAlZN1N :This A1A; Document is protected by U,sl Copyright Law and l al I Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlA"Document,or anyand 2017 by The prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 prosecuted1875935897 the expires on 0xtent p1 ,and is notr resale. portionprof it,mayIA result softwarein severe civil and criminal/2018 O der be User Notes: under Order No. 37 (3B9ADA5D) Initial Decision Maker's sole discretion,it would be inappropriate for the Initial Decision Maker to resolve the Claim. _.. ted to, w 15.2.3 In evaluating Claims,the Initial Decision Maker knowledge or expertisel who may assist the Initial e on of � reformation from either party or from persons with special Decision Maker in rendering a decision.The Initial Decision Maker may request the Owner to authorize retention such persons at the Owner's expense. provide a 15.2.4 If the Initial Decision Maker requests a party to provide a response to a receipt of the request,and shall either(l or to furnish t)inal - . § supporting supporting data,such party shall respond,within ten y when supporting data,(2)advise the Initial Decision Maker data the will response furnished.Upon response onbe the requested supp g data will be furnished,or(3)advise the Initial Decision Maker that no supporting f the res. onse or supporting data,if any,the Initial Decision Maker will either reject or approve the Claim receipt o p in whole or in part. Decision Maker will render an initial decision approving or rejecting the Claim,or indicating that N... §15.2.5 The Initial be in writing;(2)state the the Initial Decision Maker is unable to resolve the Claim.This initial decision shall(1) as the Initial state the n reasons therefor,and(3)notify the parties and the Architect,if the Architect is not serving binding Maker, of any change in the Contract Sum or Contract T fail to rese or olve the l rldisputetial lthroughsion amediat nato binding on�the parties but subject xo mediation and,if the parties dispute resolution. 6 Either arty may file for mediation of an initial decision at any time,subject to the terms of Section 15.2.6.1. _ §15.2. p 15.2.6.1 Either party may,within 30 days from the date of receipt of an nc initial decision, demandd fails in writing for that the other party tile for mediation.If such a demand is made and the party g �. within 30 days after receipt thereof,then both parties waive their rights to mediate or pursue binding mediation , dispute resolution proceedings with respect to the initial decision. §15.2.7 In the event of a Claim against the Contractor,the Owner may, but is not obligated to,notify the surety,if 1,..r and amount of the Claim.If the Claim relates to a possibility of resolving Contractor's the default the Owner an my, the nature and request the surety's assistance may,but is not obligated to,notify the surety q § in 15.2.8 If a Claim relates to or is the subject of a mechanic's lien,the party asserting such Claim may proceed accordance with applicable law to comply with the lien notice or filing deadlines. §15.3 Mediation` of or Claims,disputes,or other matters in controversy arising out be j to mediationthe astr atconcept those precedent § C p waived as provided form Sections 9.10.4,9.10.5,and 15.1.7,shallsubject ‘•... to binding dispute resolution. iation ich,unless the parties §15.3.2 The parties shall endeavor to resolve their Claims by Arbitration Association accordance with its Consually truction ones otherwise,shall be administered by the AmericanL wInriting, Mediation Procedures in effect on the date of the Agreement request for rity mediation shall them diction. writing,delivered to the other party to the Contract,and filed with theperson The request may be made concurrently with the filing °e olution proceedings,nding dispute uwhich shall beproceedings st but pending event, mediation shall proceed in advance of binding dispute a Bement o mediation for a period of 60 dayYa on ishe date of stayed pursuant to this Sect,unless ion 15 3l2nthe parties ma nonetheless proceed parties or court order.If an arbtt , to the selection of the arbitrator(s)and agree upon a schedule for later proceedings. §1 lution of the 5,3:3 Either party may,within 30 days from the date that mtdiation has been concluded without esolut on of the dispute demand in writing that h e dispute or 60 days after mediation has been demanded wtthou the demand fails to ,. other party file for binding dispute resolution. If such a demand is made and the party receiving ingdispute resolution within 60 days after receipt thereof,then both parties waive their rights to binding file for bind b dis P dispute resolution proceedings with respect to the initial decision. Law and International Treaties. 38� AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937�1951,1958,1961,1963,19by 6,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. cum n of protected to in civiland criminaladIernationa and will be AUmerican Institutezdereproduction ordistribution of l rights this AIAiDo Document,or anyDpou on it,may result U.S.severeCopyright prosecuted rued rep (r Order o. prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order o. i... 1875935897 which expires on 07/13/2019,and is not for resale. User Notes: §15.3.4 The parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally. The mediation place where the Project is located,unless another location is mutually agreed upon.Agreements reached in mediation shall be enforceable as settlement agreements in any court having 'urisdi g shall be held in the §15.4 Arbitration J icnon thereof. §15.4.1 If the parties have selected arbitration as the method for binding dispute resolution Clain subject to,but not resolved by,mediation shall be subject to arbitration w ich, nlein the Agreement,any .' agree otherwise,shall be administered by the American Arbitration Association in Industry Arbitration Rules in effect on the date the Agreement. The Arbitrationick,unless the parties mutually where the Arbitration is located,Rules unless another lodate is greemly agreed accordancec uwch its the place hr in writing,Project delivered to the other mall be conducted in the piece pay to the Contract,and filed with the e son or entity and for arbitration bthe arbitration. The party filing a notice of demand for arbitration must assert in the demand all Claims then known to that party on which arbitration is permitted to be demanded. §15.4.1.1 A demand for arbitration shall be made no earlier than concurrent mediation,but in no event shall it be made after the date when the institution of legal on the Claim would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. For statutelywith the filing of a request for ntten demand for arbitration by the perso or entityofadministering t. arbitration g 1 or atieqo s pu ores re cei t ofa of h ll constitute purposes,receipt a legal or equitable proceedings based on the Claim. shall the institution of §15.4.2 The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final,and Judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. §15.4.3 The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with duly consented to by parties to the Agreement,shall be specifically enforceable unde n additional person or entity having sent coon thereof r applicable law in any court § 15.4.4 Consolidation or Joinder §15.4.4.1 Subject to the rules of the American Arbitration Association or other applicable party may consolidate an arbitration conducted under this Agreement with any other arbitration provided that(1)the arbitration agreement governing the other arbitration arbitration rules, either ... toto consolidated(1) substantially involve co to which it ist a party similar procedural and selecting arbitrators at,and(3)s theonsolidations employ the arbitrations s moron questions of law or fact,and arbitrations materially §15.4.4.2 Subject to the rules of the American Arbitration Association or other applicable party may include by joinder persons or entities substantially involved in a commonquestion o presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration, Pp enable arbitration rules,either consents in writing to such joinder. Consent to arbitration involving an additional flaw or fact whose anon,provided that the party sought to be joined constitute consent to arbitration of any claim,dispute or other matter inor"' person described thew not consent. question not described in the written § 15.4.4.3 The Owner and Contractor § s Section 1 and bygrant to any person or entity made a party to an arbitration conducted under t joinder ore consolidation,the same rights of joinder and consolidation as those of the Owner and Contractor whether under Agreement. Cont. Maw i ..t AIA Document A201 T�—2017.Copyright pyri9ht©1911,1915, 1918,1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963,1966,1970,1976, 1987,1997,2007 and American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved. reproduction or distribution of this A€€A WARNING: / prosecuted Unauthorized the maximum extent possible this the law.DoThis t,document any portion orodu it,may nt is protected I U.S. Document,or Copyright Law and International Treaties17 by . Portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be 187secute 7 to the expires on extent p s and is not for resale. User Notes: by AIA software at 11:38:53 ET on 11/16/2018 under Order No. 39 (3B9ADA5D) 1 ., moo 64 ARTICLE 15 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 15.1. SCOPE The following Supplementary General Conditions shall be intended to modify and expand the referenced General Conditions and they shall take precedence over any statements of the AIA documents. The article and paragraph of the General Conditions which the supplementary statements refer to is so noted. ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS ..., 1.1.1 .THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Delete the last sentence of paragraph 1.1.1., and replace with the following: The Contract Documents also include the bidding requirements (Advertisement to Bid, Notice to Bidders,Notice of Proposed Public Improvements and Instructions to Bidders). Unless specifically enumerated in the agreements, the Contract Documents do not include sample forms and the Contractor's Bid. 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT Add the following new language as Subparagraph 1.1.2.1: The Contract Documents shall be signed by the Owner and Contractor. If either the Owner or Contractor or both do not sign all the Contract Documents the Architect shall identify such unsigned Documents. No Contract shall be formed between the parties until all Contract Documents are executed by both parties ARTICLE 2 OWNER 2.1 GENERAL,add the following: Owner shall mean CITY OF WATERLOO. 2.21NFORMATION AND SERVICES RE UIRED OF THE OWNER Add the following language to the end of Paragraph 2.2.3: The Contractor shall compare information furnished by the Owner(including surveys and soil tests with observable physical conditions) and the Contract Documents and on the basis of such review, shall report to the Owner Architect any conflicts, errors or omissions. Contractor shall be responsible for any additional costs, delays and damages resulting from the Contractor's failure to immediately report any such errors,inconsistencies or omissions. ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR ""g 3.1.1.1. DEFINITIONS All references to the "Contractor", etc., in this specification shall mean the prime General Contractor and shall be included as part of the prime Contractor's work if it occurs in the specifications issued under the scope of the prime Contractor's work, unless specifically stated otherwise. See "Supplementary Instructions to Bidders" 3.1.5. for documents under the prime Contractor's work. PROJECT#19-22713 S.G.C. Page 1 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR Add the following new language to the end of Paragraph 3.2.1: The Contractoralso represents ContractDocuments forces,een examined; including intended for work of trades not normally performed by the Contractor's own and that it become thoroughly familiar with all conditions which may pertain to or affect the Work under the Contract. 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS Add the following language to the end of Paragraph 3.4.1: Work required by the Contract Documents to beionperformed toafter Ownerworking hours or work the Contractor elects to perform after hours shall be completed 3.4.1.1. MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS hew ied, led, cleaned and All manufactured articles,materials, d Manufacturer'ment shall be s specifications connected, installation shall govern, conditioned as directed by the manufacturer. unless these specifications are in conflict,in which case the more restrictive requirement shall be met. Add the new Paragraph 3.4.4 which reads as follows: Contractor shall perform the Work so as to cause a minimum of inconvenience to and interruption of the Owner's ance of the Work halloperations.b Any and p all interruptions r and the operations Contract r shallddit additionally givefor the the Owner suff sufficient advance shall be noted in the progress schedule e of such interruption as to shall wner to placethe respon responsibility of any resulting delays or additjust operations accordingly. Contractor's ional costs solely Owner timely notice of such intentionsP with the Contractor. 3.5.1. RESPONSIBILITY The General Contractor shall assume responsibility Contrctor the i er building ge nd for protecting his/her ownth w ework completed until such time as final acceptance by the Owner. 3.6.1. TAXES As this is a tax-exempt entity,the Contractors are not required to pay sales tax on building materials. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and their Subcontractors to pay sales tax on items only that do not become part of the realty being constructed. Examples Include: •barricades •building equipment* • compressors • cranes • drill press • dynamite • electric generators • forms • fuel • hand tools • lathes • lodging • machinery* • pile drivers • replacement parts for equipment• scaffolds • stakes •tools •utilities • vehicles,including grading,lifting and excavating vehicles • warning lights • * Machinery orother tangible personal propertyrather becoming part of real property may be purchased by the contractor tax free for resale. However, beepara separately and transferred to the exempt entity.The rental of construction equipment for use on or in connection with new construction, reconstruction, alteration, expansion or remodeling of a building or structure is exempt from Iowa sales or use tax. Certain construction-related equipment is not subject to local option tax but remains subject to the state sales tax. See Rule 701-107.9 for details. The Owner will provide to the successful contractor the required authorization letter and exemption certificate. The Contractor shall then forward these items to Subcontractors. IM- PROJECT#19-22713 S.G.C. Page 2 3.7.1. CONSTRUCTION PERMITS "The Contractor" referred to in this paragraph shall mean the General Contractor including the Mechanical, Electrical, and any Subcontractor's costs. 3.7.2.1. BUILDING CODE All construction under this contract shall conform to the requirements of the local authority. The provisions of the International Building Code 2015 and/or currently adopted State of Iowa Code as adopted and amended by the local authority shall be strictly followed. Local Planning and Zoning regulations, ordinances and requirements shall be followed as adopted. 3.7.2.2. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY During the performance of this contract, the Contractor agrees as follows: (1) The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, creed, color, religion, national origin, sex, sexual orientation, age or physical or mental disability. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, creed,color, religion,national origin,sex,age or physical or mental disability except where it relates to a bona fide occupational qualification. Such action shall include but not be limited to the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. (2) The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, creed, color, religion, national origin, sex, age or physical or mental disability except where it relates to a bona fide occupational qualification. (3) The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding a notice advising the labor union or workers' representative of the Contractor's commitments under this nondiscrimination clause a shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. (4) The Contractor will comply with all relevant provisions of the Iowa Civil Rights Act of 1965 as amended, Iowa Executive Order#15 of 1973, Federal Executive Order 11246 of 1965 as amended by Federal Executive Order 11375 of 1967, the Equal Employment Opportunity Act of 1972, and all federal, state and local provisions relevant to fair employment. (5) In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any of the aforesaid rules, regulations or requests, this contract may be cancelled, terminated or suspended in whole or in part and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further contracts with the Owner. In addition, the Owner or institutions may take such further action,and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked, as provided by the Iowa Civil Rights Act of 1965 as amended, Chapter 601A, Code of Iowa 1973,as heretofore and hereafter amended or as otherwise provided by law. (6) The Contractor will include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (5) hereof in every subcontract and purchase order unless specifically exempted by the Owner, in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Owner, so that such provisions will be binding on each Subcontractor and vendor. The Contractor will take such action with respect to any Subcontractor or purchase order as the Owner or the authorized representative thereof, may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance. — PROJECT#19-22713 S.G.C. Page 3 3.7.5 If, in the course of the Work, the Contractor knowingly encounters and recognizes human remains, burial markers, archeological sites or previously undelineated wetlands not indicated in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall immediately suspend any operations that would affect them and shall notify the Owner and Architect.Upon receipt of such notice,the Owner shall promptly take any action necessary to obtain governmental authorization required to resume the operations. The Contractor shall continue to suspend such operations until otherwise instructed by the Owner but shall continue with all other operations that do not affect those remains or features. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time arising from the existence or good faith belief of such existence of such remains or features may be made as provided in Article 15. Add a new Paragraph 3.7.6 which reads as follows: The Contractor is responsible for scheduling inspections related to the performance of its Work and ensuring Work is complete for inspections. Any costs associated with reinspection caused by irregularities, deficiencies or non- conforming Work will be borne by the responsible contractor including all Architectural and Engineering Services related to evaluation of the problem and development of an acceptable solution. 3.8. ALLOWANCES add Paragraph 3.8.4 as follows: See Division I-012100 Allowances for individual items for material allowances. 3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES Paragraph 3.10.1, in line 4, after the word"Project," and before the word"shall", add the words,"or as requested by �` the Owner or Architect". 3.10.2:Delete the last sentence of 3.10.2 so that the section now reads as follows: 3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare a submittal schedule promptly after being awarded the Contract and thereafter as necessary to maintain a current submittal schedule, and shall submit the schedule(s) for the Architect's approval. The Architect's approval shall not unreasonably be delayed or withheld. The submittal schedule shall (1) be coordinated with the Contractor's construction schedule, and (2) allow the Architect reasonable time to review submittals. Add a new Paragraph 3.13.1 which shall read as follows: ` The Contractor shall not bring or permit any subcontractor, supplier or anyone else for whom the Contractor is responsible,to bring on the site any asbestos,PCB's petroleum,hazardous waste or radioactive materials(except for proper use in performing the Work). ARTICLE 4 ARCHITECT 4.1.1.1. ARCHITECT Architect shall mean the firm of ISG,314 East 4th Street,Waterloo,Iowa 50703-4704. 4.2.2.1. REQUIRED OBSERVATIONS Throughout the plans and specifications, observations are called for by the Architect at certain stages of construction. The Contractor may not cover the work and to do so will require removal of all work covering the ..- work to be viewed. The Contractor shall notify the Architect at least one (1) day prior to the time he will have to proceed with the work. The Architect agrees to visit the site within that time, or the Contractor may proceed with the work if the Architect fails to do so. See Division I-014000. PROJECT#19-22713 S.G.C. Page 4 f 4.2.15. EXTRA SERVICE OF THE ARCHITECT If due to the neglect or fault of the Contractor damage is done to any existing building or grouns or work in so that additional work is caused the Architect over and above his normal duties or if the on act time exceedsplace the time specified by more than 25%, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to reimburse the Owner for these extra " services of the Architect caused by the Contractor's neglect or work. This charge is based on two-and-one-half times the per hour rate for draftsmen and principals,plus.mileage at the current IRS rate. See 017700 for additional inspection services. amig ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTORS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK. Amend Paragraph 5.2.1, Lines 1-2, by deleting the words: "as soon as practicable after award of contrac" inserting in lieu thereof: "within ten(10)days after the award of contract". t and 5.2.1.1. AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS No payments will be approved until Subcontractors and suppliers list has been submitted and approved. ARTICLE 6 6.1.5. WORK NOT INCLUDED All items herein specifically stated as being by other than this Contractor or by others who are not included in the Contractor's work, and all items designated N.I.C. or "by others" on the drawings are not a part of this Contractor's work. ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK ••a 7.2 CHANGE ORDERS Add paragraph 7.2.2 as follows: The form used to process a change order will be on AIA Document G701. Add the following subparagraph 7.2.3: 7.2.3 The forms used to process a Change Order will include AIA Document G701, Change Order. Add the following to subparagraph 7.3.2: ", and upon prior written approval of the Owner." ARTICLE 8 TIME 8.1 DEFINITIONS Add the following language to the end of Paragraph 8.1.2: "or the date of the Notice to Proceed, whichever occurs later." Delete Subparagraph 8.1.4 and substitute the following Subparagraph: 8.1.4 The term"Day"as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day. PROJECT#19-22713 S.G.C. Page 5 8.1.5.DATE OF ENCLOSURE The term"date of enclosure" shall mean the date agreed to by all prime Contractors,the Owner and Architect when the building will be enclosed,sealed from the weather,and the heating system operable. UMW 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSION OF TIME Add the following language to the end of Paragraph 8.3.1: A time extension shall be Contractor's sole remedy and compensation for all such delays other than those resulting from the acts or negligence of the Owner, the Architect, or the Owner's separate contractors (collectively "Owner Caused Delays"). For proven Owner Caused Delays,the Contractor may recoup the actual costs resulting from such delays,but not for any additional profit or fee. Add the following subparagraph 8.3.1.1 WORK DURING COLD WEATHER: During cold weather it will not be required of the Contractor that he/she continue work on the project through cold weather. The Contractor shall protect all work from freezing,etc. Any work damaged by freezing and thawing will be removedn and replacedContractor can substantiate he Contractor unusual prolonged extreme weather onsible. No time extension will be weather bureauowed for recorwn ds. ARTICLE cold weather,unless the ARTICLE 9 PAYMENT AND COMPLETION 9.2.1. SCHEDULE OF VALUES Within 14 days after contract award, a Schedule of Values shall be submitted. The Schedule of Values shall be listed according to the specification sections herein within divisions with each major line item identified by the spec section number including mechanical, electrical, technology, food service and any/all major subcontractors. List sub-values of major products or operations under the item. Each item shall be further subdivided for material cost .� (including shipping and taxes) and labor cost listed separately. Within 1odaysth,fafterr sdbm tt ing of the the Schedule of Values,the prime Contractor shall submit a schedule of payment sums,by ject. 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT Add the following paragraphs 9.3.2 9.3.1.3 At least thirty (30) days s before the date established for each progress payment, the Contractor shall submit L to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment for operations completed in accordance with the schedule of values. Such application shall be notarized, if required, and supported by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner or Architect may require, such as copies of requisitions from Subcontractors and material suppliers. If the Contract Documents require the Owner to retain a portion of the payments until some future time,the Application for Payment shall clearly state the percentage and the amount to be retained. Once the Application is approved by the Architect,the Application for Payment must be submitted for approval to the CITY OF WATERLOO at their regularly scheduled council meeting. The application must be received at the City Clerk's office in a timely manner for it to be included hi that meeting's scheduled business. After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment on a timely received Application for Payment and has released it to the Owner,the Owner shall approve payment with Contractor to receive payment by the 15th day of the following month. ►.. 1. Until Substantial Completion,the Owner will pay ninety-five percent(95%)of the amount due the Contractor on account of Progress Payments,(5%)retainage. Ime PROJECT#19-22713 S.G.C. Page 6 ti... MEM "1 1 9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION Isl 9.5.3 Delete in its entirety. 9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 9.6.4:Delete the first two sentences of 9.6.4 so that it now reads as follows: 9.6.4 Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a "'► Subcontractor, except as may otherwise be required by law. Add a new Paragraph 9.6.8 which shall read as follows: — Payment to the Contractor will be made by the Owner from cash on hand from such sources as may be legally available. ".t 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION I Add the following language to the end of Paragraph 9.8.1: , subject only to completion of minor punch list items, the absence of completion of which does not interfere with ..." the Owner's intended used of the Project. Add a new Paragraph 9.8.6 which shall read as follows: - , The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for any Architect's additional services made necessary by the Contractor's failure to finally complete the Work within sixty (60) days after the date specified in the Contract Documents for Project Substantial Completion. Add Paragraph 9.8.6 as follows: Unless otherwise required by Iowa law, Final Payment shall be released no earlier than thirty-one (31) days after completion and final acceptance by the Owner of all Work required by the Contract. Add paragraph 9.8.6.1 as follows: 9.8.6.1 Request for Early Release of Retainage Funds: , Upon achieving Substantial Completion, as defined by Iowa Code Chapter 26, the Contractor may formally request the release of all or part of the retainage funds being held on the Project. The Contractors'request for Release of the Retainage Funds shall be accompanied by a sworn statement that ten (10) calendar days prior to filing the Request for Release of the Funds a notice was given to all known subcontractors, subsubcontractors and suppliers that the Contractor is requesting the early release of retainage funds. If proper documentation is received from the Contractor,the Owner will release all retainage funds at the next monthly council meeting or within thirty(30)days, -^I whichever is less, except it may retain the following: a) An amount equal to 200%of the value of labor or materials yet to be provided on the Project as determined by the Owner and its authorized contract representative. For purposes of section, "authorized contract "..! representative"means the Architect of record on the Project,unless otherwise specified. b) An amount equal to 200% of the value of any Chapter 573 claims currently on file at the time the Request of Release of Retainage is approved. If the Owner withholds an amount from the retainage payment to the Contractor, the Owner will provide a reason the request is being denied to the Contractor within thirty(30)calendar days of the receipt of the request. i 7 PROJECT#19-22713 S.G.C. Page 7 ., 1 i 9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT Add Subparagraph 9.10.6 to Paragraph 9.10: 9.10.6 Final payment will be made not earlier than 31 days following approval by the CITY OF WATERLOO Council at a regularly scheduled council meeting, receipt of all Lien Waiver and/or Chapter 573 Claim Releases, Sales Tax information,and all other required closeout documents,and subject to the conditions of and in accordance with the provisions of Iowa Code Chapter 573 and Iowa Code Chapter 26. Add paragraph 9.10.7 9.10.7 The Contractor and the Contractor's surety, if any, shall be liable for and shall pay the Owner for any extra costs for engineering or architectural services, construction observation services and related expenses necessitated by the delayed prosecution of the work by the Contractor beyond the date of Final Completion required by the Agreement. Such costs are in no way a penalty, but represent additional expenses to the Owner caused by the Contractor's delay in completing the Work. ARTICLE 10 10.2.2.1. OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY&HEALTH ACT Nothing herein specified, or shown on the drawings to the contrary shall relieve the Contractor of any obligations .. concerning conformance to current requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act as pertains to this project. Please note under Section 10.2.8 that if either party suffers injury or damage to person or property due to the act or omission of the other party, the injured party must provide written notice of the damage to the other party within a reasonable time of the discovery(not to exceed 21 days after discovery). 10.3.1.1. HAZARDOUS WASTE OR TOXIC SUBSTANCES (1) Friable Asbestos No friable asbestos work of any nature is included in this contract. (2) Concealed Hazardous or Toxic Substances No hazardous or toxic substances knowingly exist on the project site. L.. If during the construction of this project, work involving friable asbestos, or hazardous or toxic substances is suspected, or encountered, the Owner or the Owner's representative shall be notified immediately and the Owner with his own forces or by separate contract shall be solely responsible for selection and complete investigation, removal and disposition of the friable asbestos hazard by appropriate licensed parties in full accordance with any and all applicable laws and regulations. The Architect and Contractor shall be indemnified and held harmless from all claims and costs incurred in defending claims based on hazardous waste or toxic substances discovered at the project site. The Architect is not responsible for any failure to discover any hazardous waste or toxic substances not specifically indicated in the contract documents. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner,he shall make such claim immediately as provided elsewhere in the contract documents. PROJECT#19-22713 S.G.C. Page 8 ARTICLE 11 11.1.1.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE The Contractor shall purchase and maintain Worker's Compensation for not less than the following limits, or greater, if required by law: .a State: .b Applicable Federal: Statutory .c Employer's Liability: Statutory d Injury by Disease: $500,000 per Accident $500,000 per Employee $500,000 Aggregate 11.1.2.1 LIABILITY INSURANCE The Contractor shall purchase and maintain Comprehensive General Liability Insurance and Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance to cover the operations of the Contractor, the operations of the Subcontractors (Contingent or Independent), p operations,), product and completed o erations personal injury, u coverage for the Hold Harmless and Indemnification Clause in Article 3.18. Certificates shall be submitted on AIA Document G705 or the ACORD 25 Certificate of Insurance Form. Policy shall include a statement of 30 days minimum advance notice of material change or cancellation of policy to the Owner. ..� The Architect and Owner, along with their respective officers, agency and employees, shall be named as additional insured for Ongoing Operations and Products/Completed Operations on the Contractor, Subcontractor's and any Sub-Subcontractors Commercial General Liability Policy, which must be primary and noncontributory with respect to the additional insured. Minimum Policy Limits: .1 Comprehensive or Commercial General Liability(including Premises-Operation; Independent Contractor's Protection;Products and Completed Operations;Broad Form Property Damage): .a Bodily Injury: $1,000,000 $2,000,000 Each Occurrence .b Property Damage: Aggregate $1,000,000 $2,000,000 Each Occurrence .c Products and Completed Operations: Aggregate $2,000,000 Aggregate .d Property Damage Liability shall provide X,C and U Coverage for Explosion, Collapse and Underground Hazard Exposures,respectively. .e Products and Completed Operations coverage shall be maintained for 3 years after final payment. .f Broad Form Property Damage coverage shall include Completed Operations. .g General Liability coverage shall contain a per project aggregate clause. .2 Contractual Liability: .a Bodily Injury: $1,000,000 $2,000,000 Each Occurrence .b Property Damage: Aggregate $1,000,000 $2,000,000 Each Occurrence Aggregate PROJECT#19-22713 S.G.C. Page 9 i .3 Personal Injury,with Employment Exclusion deleted: Aggregate$1,000,000 .4 Business or Commercial Automobile Liability(including owned,non-owned and hired vehicles): .a Bodily Injury: Each Person $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $1,000,000 .b Property Damage: Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit $1,000,000 .5 Umbrella Excess Policy: $3,000,000 over primary insurance The Contractor shall either (1) require each of his Subcontractors to procure and to maintain during the life of his subcontract, public liability and property damage coverage of the type and in the same amount as specified in the preceding paragraphs,or(2)insure the activities of his Subcontractors in his own policy. Insurance on equipment,tools,sheds,plant,etc.,shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 11.3.1.1 BUILDER'S RISK FOR AMOUNT OF CONTRACT "The Owner shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the entire work at the site to the full insurable value thereof. This insurance shall include the interests of the Owner, the Architect, the Contractor, the Subcontractors and sub-Subcontractors, all of whom shall be named as additional insured, and shall include the "Special" covered causes of loss, insurance for physical loss or damage." The Contractor and the Architect will be named and furnished a copy of the coverage at the beginning of the project. ARTICLE 13 13.1 GOVERNING LAW 13.1:Delete the words following"where the Project is located"in 13.1 so that it now reads as follows: ._. Amend Paragraph 13.1 to read as follows: 13.1 The Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Iowa. ti-- Delete Subparagraph 13.6 and substitute the following Subparagraph: 13.6 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date the payment is due and shall bear interest at the rate established by Section 74A.2,Code of Iowa. 13.7 TIME LIMITS ON CLAIMS 13.7: Strike 13.7 in its entirety and substitute the following: 13.7 COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY LIMITATION PERIOD 13.7.1 As between the Owner and Contractor: 1. Before Substantial Completion. As to acts or failures to act occurring prior to the relevant date of Substantial Completion,any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than such date of Substantial Completion; PROJECT#19-22713 S.G.C. Page 10 "1 2. Between Substantial Completion and Final Certificate for Payment.As to acts or failures to act occurring ••� subsequent to the relevant date of Substantial Completion and prior to issuance of the final Certificate for Payment,any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment;and "1 3. After Final Certificate for Payment.As to acts or failures to act occurring after the relevant date of issuance of the fmal Certificate for Payment,any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of any act or failure to act by the Contractor pursuant to any Warranty provided under Section 3.5,the date of any correction of the Work or failure to correct the Work by the Contractor under Section 12.2, or the date of actual commission of any other act or failure to perform any duty or obligation by the Contractor or Owner, —� whichever occurs last. Add the following paragraph to ARTICLE 13: ..� 13.8 Conformance with Laws. 13.8.1 The Contractor shall conform in all respects with the provisions of the Federal Civil Rights Act, the Code of Iowa, Chapter 216 Civil Rights Commission and the rules and regulations adopted thereto by the Iowa Civil Rights Commission. The Contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant because of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, ancestry, age, marital status, sexual orientation, physical or mental handicap. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable federal, state and local, laws,rules,regulations, ordinances,policies and --. procedures, including the CITY OF WATERLOO policies and procedures. The Contractor shall require similar clauses in all of its subcontracts for service or materials. ARTICLE 15 Delete Paragraph 15.1.6 in its entirety. ,"1 15.2.1.1 INITIAL DECISION MAKER The initial decision maker shall be the project architect or, in their absence, another employee of ISG, designated at the beginning of the project. Delete Paragraph 15.2.6.1 in its entirety. Delete Paragraph 15.3.1 in its entirety. 7 15.3.1.1 MEDIATION This Contractor further agrees to include a similar mediation provision in all agreements with independent -� Contractors, Subcontractors,suppliers and/or fabricators who are providing work for this Contractor for this project. t PROJECT#19-227I3 S.G.C. Page 11 7 SECTION 011000—SUM n'IARY PART 1 - GENERAL 011000 1.1 RELATED DOCU MENTS A. Drawings and Conditions and gene al provisions Division of the Contract Specification Sectionsincluding to General and n. apply to this Section. Supplementary 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Project information. 2. Work covered by Contract Documents. 3. Access to site. 4. Coordination with occupants. 5. Work restrictions. 6. Specification and Drawing conventions. 1.3 PROJECT INFORMATION A. Project Identification: Waterloo Public Libra for the Ci ry Exterior Stair Renovation ty of Waterloo, Iowa Project#19-22713 1. Project Location: Waterloo Public Library 415 Commercial St. Waterloo,IA 50701 B. Owner: City of Waterloo 715Mulberry St. Waterloo, IA 50703 1• Owner's Representative: Ed Abben Building Maintenance Foreman City of Waterloo 715 Mulberry St. Waterloo,IA 50703 C. Architect: ISG 314 East Fourth Street Waterloo, IA 50703 SUMMARY PROJECT#19-22713 011000- 1 r 1.4 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS defined by the Contract Documents and consists of the oll ingrailings, A. The Work of Project ls exterior concreteretainingirs, railings, walls, The work includes complete removal of existing . structural slab. New narrower concrete stairs,nd railings,othe Work indicated in retaining wallse nands including electric snow melt system, and slab to be installed, the Contract Documents. B. Type of Contract: prime contract. 1. Project will be constructed under a single 1.5 ACCESS TO SITE ctor shall have limited use of Project site for construction operations as I A. Ge indicate Contra d on Drawings by the Contract limits and a indicated by requirements of this Section. of B. Use of Site: Limit us e of Project site to Work in areas indicated. Do not disturbportions ted. Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indict operations to work in areas indicated. and entrances s and Entrances: Keep driveways parking garage, 1_ Limits: Confine construction Owner's employees, and emergency 2. Driveways, Walkway serving premisesparking or for storage of materials. clear not use these areas le to r' construction vehicles at all time Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances by for construction storage of a. requirements operations. and time b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space materials and equipment on-site. — construction portions of existing building affected by e caused by Building: Maintain p Repair damage C. Condition ofExisting ht con operations inn a weathertigdition throughout construction period. `�— operations. rounds, landscaping, and construction op Maintain portions of existing g Grounds: M throughout construction period.Repair damage D. Condition of Existing construction operations hadscaping affected by caused by construction operations. COORDINATION WITH OCCUPANTS building(s) during entire 1.6 COORD site and existing Owner will occupy construction operations n minimize conflicts constructiono Owner Occupancy: today A. period.Cooperate with Owner during I o sae. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Owner's ay- and facilitate Owner usage. exits unless otherwise indicated. � operations.Maintain existing and other adjacent occupied or used walkways, corridors, or other occupied or used 1. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, Owner and approval of authorities having facilities. it not close or s from O facilities without written permission L.. jurisdiction. 72 hours in advance of activities that will affect Owner's J , 2. Notify Owner not less than operations. 011000 2 SUMMARY PROJECT#19-22713 1 1.7 WORK RESTRICTIONS '1 A. Work Restrictions, General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations. 1• Comply with limitations on use of ..� authorities havin public streets and with other requirements of g jurisdiction. B. On-Site Work Hours: Limit work to normal business working hours, Monday through Friday, unless otherwise indicated. C. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only aft occupied b Y utility services according to requirements indicated: after providing temporary Owner or 1• Notify Architect and/or Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. "', 2. Obtain Architect's and/or Owner's written interruptions. permission before proceeding with utility D. Noise, Vibration, and Odors: Coordinate operations that may result in high levels of noise and vibration, odors, or other disruption to Owner occupancy with Owner. 1. Notify Architect and/or Owner not less than two days in advance operations. 2. Obtain Architect's written and/or Owner'sof proposed disruptive operations. permission before proceeding with disruptive -•, E. Nonsmoking Building: Smoking and/or E-Cigarettes (electronic) are not permitted within the building or within 25 feet of entrances, operable windows, or outdoor-air ""'� products and other controlledIntakes. F. Restricted Substances: Use of tobacco is not permitted. substances on Project site 1.8 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS .� A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and for the style of phrases when used in particular nsituat situations. These conventions are as follows: d 1. Abbreviated Language: Language is abbreviated. used in the Specifications and other ords and meanings Words implied, but not stated`,v e shall be inferred as the Isens interpreted as a requires. Singular words Contract Documents ", shall be interpreted as plural, and plural words shall be interpreted asPprowhere. applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates. singular Where 2. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply p y witha depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:)is used within a sentence or ph 7 3. Specification requirements are to be performed rb y e otherwise, Contractor unless specifically stated B. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of all Sections in the Specifications. of Sections in Division 01 ap1 ply to the Work SUMMARY PROJECT#19-22713 011000-3 i n rawings C. DrawingCoordination: Requirements for materials and tifiedeod on Drawings are to deescribbeed in detail in the peciications. One or more of the following areidentify materials and products: 1 Terminology. Materials and products are identified by the typical generic terms used in the individual Specifications Sectioons. ucts are identified by abbreviations scheduled on .. 2. Abbreviations: Materials and p reference keynotes referencing Drawings. 3, Keynoting: Materials and products are identified by Specification Section numbers found in this Project Manual. END OF SECTION 011000 rump amor O11000 -4 SUMMARY PROJECT#l 9-22713 SECTION 012100—ALLOWANCES 012100 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplements Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. ry 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing allowances. B. Types of allowances include the following: 1. Contingency allowances. a. General allowances. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Allowance is a quantity of work or dollar amount established in lieu of additional requirements, used to defer selection of actual materials and equipment to a later date when direction will be provided to Contractor. If necessary, additional requirements will be issued by Change Order. 1.4 SELECTION AND PURCHASE A. At the earliest practical date after award of the Contract, advise Architect of the date when final selection, or purchase and delivery, of each product or system described by an allowance must be completed by the Owner to avoid delaying the Work. B. At Architect's request, obtain proposals for each allowance for use in making final selections. Include recommendations that are relevant to performing the Work. C. Purchase products and systems selected by Architect from the designated supplier. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances in the form specified for Change Orders. 1 ALLOWANCES 012100- 1 PROJECT#19-22713 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Submit invoices or delivery slips to show actual quantities of materials delivered to the site for use in fulfillment of each allowance. B. Submit time sheets and other documentation to show labor time and cost for installation of allowance items that include installation as part of the allowance. C. Coordinate and process submittals for allowance items in same manner as for other portions of the Work. 1.7 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCES A. Use the contingency allowance only as directed by Architect for Owner's purposes and only by Change Orders that indicate amounts to be charged to the allowance. B. Contractor's overhead, profit, and related costs for products and equipment ordered by Owner under the contingency allowance are included in the allowance nuipment rental,and s mf tilar costsact insurance,Sum.These costs include delivery, installation, equipment C. Change Orders authorizing use of funds from and profit.ocontingency allowance will include �. Contractor's related costs and reasonable D. At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the contingency allowance to Owner by Change Order. 1.8 ADJUSTMENT OF ALLOWANCES A. Allowance Adjustment: To adjust allowance amounts, prepare a Change Order proposal based on the difference between purchase amount and the allowance,multiplied by final measurement of work-in-place where applicable. If applicable, include reasonable allowances for cutting losses,tolerances,mixing wastes,normal product imperfections, and similar margins. 1. Include installation costs in purchase amount only where indicated as part of the allowance. 2. If requested, prepare explanation and documentation to substantiate distribution of overhead costs and other markups. 3. Submit substantiation of a change in scope of Work, if any, claimed in Change Orders related to unit-cost allowances. 4. Owner reserves the right to establish the quantity of work-in-place by independent •- quantity survey,measure, or count. the wance B. Submit claims for increased costs cumentscwhether for th epu chase order amountause of a chane in scpe or nature f or Contractor'so described in the Contract Do handling, labor, installation, overhead,and profit. 1. Do not include Contractor's or subcontractor's indirect expense in the Change Order cost Imo amount unless it is clearly shown that the nature or extent of Work has changed from what could have been foreseen from information in the Contract Documents. 2. No change to Contractor's indirect expense is permitted de as seloriection of higher- or lower- priced materials or systems of the same scope and 012100-2 ALLOWANCES PROJECT#19-22713 PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine products covered by an allowance promptly on delivery for damage or defects. Return damaged or defective products to manufacturer for replacement. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials and installations to ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and interfaced with related work. 7 3.3 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES A. CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCE: 1. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION ALLOWANCE: Include a $10,000 allowance for general construction contract. END OF SECTION 012100 ALLOWANCES PROJECT#19-22713 012100 -3 Ingo. SECTION 012500- SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES �' 012500 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions. 1.3 DEFINITIONS { A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. 1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to MIR changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or unavailability of required warranty terms. 2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable: a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication or installation method cannot be provided, if applicable. b. Coordination of information, including a list of changes or revisions needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitutions with those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable Specification Section. Significant qualities may include attributes, such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified. SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500- 1 PROJECT#19-22713 d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. e. Samples,where applicable or requested. f. Certificates and qualification data,where applicable or requested. g. List of similar installations for completed projects, with project names and addresses as well as names and addresses of architects and owners. h. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency, indicating and interpreting .. test results for compliance with requirements indicated. i. Research reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project, from ICC-ES. j. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed substitutions with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery. k. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. 1. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents, except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible with related materials and is appropriate for applications indicated. ional payment or time m. Contraetne's waiver cf rusets to of failure of proposed substitution hat may subsequently .... to produce indicated become necessary because results. 2. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a request for substitution. Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within Youw 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation,whichever is later. a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or Architect's Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work. b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and documentcompatibility agency to perform oo patibility �, substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing tests recommended by manufacturers. 1.6 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the approved substitutions. 012500 -2 "" SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES PROJECT#19-22713 1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 15 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals. 1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. b. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. c. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. d. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. e. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. f. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. g. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. h. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved. B. Substitutions for Convenience:Not allowed. C. Substitutions for Convenience: Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within 60 days after the Notice to Proceed. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at discretion of Architect. 1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: 7 a. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, en y conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities A% Owner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and similar considerations. b. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents. c. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. d. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. e. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. f. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. g. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. h. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. i. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES •� PROJECT#19-22713 012500 -3 j. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved. END OF SECTION 012500 Nome NMI Nam 012500-4 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES PROJECT#19-22713 SECTION 012600- CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and g general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications. 1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on AIA Document G710. 1.4 PROPOSAL REQUESTS A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed ..� changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary,the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. ,.r 1. Work Change Proposal Requests issued by Architect are not instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 2. Within 10 days after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change. a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. d. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. e. Quotation Form: Use forms acceptable to Architect. B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or changed conditions require modifications to the 1 Contract, Contractor may initiate a claim by submitting a request for a change to Architect. i H CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PROJECT#19-22713 012600- 1 I f 1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. 2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. 3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. 4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. 5. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. 6. Comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified. 7. Proposal Request Form:Use form acceptable to Architect. 1.5 ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGE ORDERS A. Allowance Adjustment: See Section 012100 "Allowances" for administrative procedures for preparation of Change Order Proposal for adjusting the Contract Sum to reflect actual costs of allowances. 1.6 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. On Owner's approval of a Work Change Proposal Request,Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on AIA Document G701. 1.7 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE A. Construction Change Directive: Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on AIA Document G714. Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work,for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construction Change Directive. 1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract. END OF SECTION 012600 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 - 2 PROJECT#19-22713 SECTION 012900-PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900 PART 1 -GENERAL w 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract Sum to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. 1.4 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule. 1. Coordinate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative forms and schedules, including the following: a. Application for Payment forms with Continuation Sheets. b. Submittal Schedule. c. Items required to be indicated as separate activities in Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Submit the Schedule of Values to Architect at earliest possible date but no seven days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment.than B. Format and Content: Use Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section. items for 1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values: a. Project name and location. b. Name of Architect. c. Architect's project number. d. Contractor's name and address. x � e. Date of submittal. PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900- 1 "T PROJECT#19-22713 1 2. Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the following for each item listed: a. Related Specification Section or Division. b. Description of the Work. c. Name of subcontractor. d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator. e. Name of supplier. f. Change Orders(numbers)that affect value. g. Dollar value of the following, as a total p ercentage percent.of the Contract sum to nearest one- hundredth percent, adjusted 1) Labor. 2) Materials. 3) Equipment. facilita 3. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in and rogresosugeportsh ailCoordinate too d nate with Project continued �.. evaluation of Applications for Paymentp Manual table of contents. Provide multiple pleSu line items for principal subcontract amounts, in excess of five percent of the Contract a. Include separate line items under moun�t Cling five percent of the subcontracts Contractfor Sum Project closeout requirements in an a •— subcontract amount. .._ the ntract Sum. 4. Round amounts to nearest item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where 5. Provide a separate Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated _ and stored,but not yet installed. .- a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. If specified, include evidence of insurance or bonded warehousing. 6. Provide separate line items in the Schedule of Values for initial cost of materials,for each f the Work. subsequent stage of completion, and line item tin the Schedule of Values forl installed value of that part each allowance. 7. Allowances: Provide a separate �- Show line-item value of unit-cost allowances,indicated in the Contract Documents to multipliedetermine measured quantity. Use information quantities. 8. Each item in the Schedule of alues and Applications for Payment shall be share of general overhead and profit or each�temete. -� Include total cost and proportionate ir ct cost of al a. Temporary facilities and other major thus asst items separatehat are notl line items anethe Scheduleuof work-in-place may be shown - Values or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option. _- dule of Values before the next 9. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Change Directives result Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction in a change in the Contract Sum. PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900 - 2 _. PROJECT#19-22713 1.5 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT •... A. Each Application for Payment following the initial Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Architect and paid for by Owner.mi, 1• Initial Application for Pa , Application for Payment at time of Completion, and final Application tforr Payment involve additional requirements.ubstantial B. RETAINAGE: Contractor shall show a retainage of 5%of completed work amount to be 04 withheld from each application for payment. Upon substantial completion of the entire work, a sum sufficient to decrease the total retainage to 5%of the contract sum,plus such other retainages as the Architect shall determine for all incomplete work and unsettled claims may be fik authorized. After Substantial Completion,the Architect may authorize payment beyond the 5%retainage comple tion of the amount if the Contractor is making satisfactory progress toward a timely project. However, the Architect will,at no time, authorize payment beyond the work to be completed until the Architect authorizes the final Request for Payment.he value of C. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction Work covered by each Application 7 for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement. Payments generally will be made 15t"day of each month. by the Progress payments shall be submitted to Architect by the last day of the month. The period covered by each Application for Payment is one month, ending on the last day of the month. D. Payment Application Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 mat Sheets as form for Applications for Payment. Continuation E. Application Preparation: Complete every en try on"' authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contra tor.NArchitecize t will return incomplete 1 to applications without action. p e ".. 1. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made. 2. Include amounts for work completed following previous Application for P ayment, ..t whether or not payment has been received. Include only amounts for work completed at time of Application for Payment. 3. Include amounts of signed Change Orders issued before last day of construction period ,� covered by application. F. Stored Materials: Include in Application for Payment amounts applied equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. Differentiate between items or stored on-site and items stored off-site. 1. Provide certificate of insurance, evidence of transfer of title to Owner, and consent of surety to payment, for stored materials. A2. Provide supporting documentation that verifies amount requested, such as paid invoices. Match amount requested with amounts indicated on documentation; do not include —»y overhead and profit on stored materials. I I PAYMENT PROCEDURES PROJECT#19-22713 012900-3 3. Provide summary documentation for stored materials indicating the following: a. Value of materials previously stored and remaining stored as of date of previous — Applications for Payment. 11.1 b. Value of previously stored materials put in place ftrdate eoo previo is Application — for Payment and on or before date of current Applicationlicr Poy forayme Payment and c. Value of materials stored since date of previous AppUm..remaining stored as of date of current Application for Payment. m. (1) signed and notarized original copy and three (3) copies of each G. Transmittal: Submit one $ "' Application for Payment to Architect bya method hodts suif ringred receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include waivers of lien and similar with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate 1. Transmit each copy _ information about application. H. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following: 1. List of subcontractors. 2. Schedule of Values. 3. Contractor's Construction Schedule(preliminary if not final). 4. Products list. 5. Schedule of unit prices(preliminary if not final). 6. Submittals Schedule 7. List of Contractor's staff assignments. 8. List of Contractor's principal consultants. _ 9. Copies of building permits. jurisdiction for 10. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having .- performance of the Work. e` 11. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. 12. Performance and payment bonds. 13. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance. ssues the I. Application for Payment at Substantial CompletionPayment a ftermentshowmg rchitect 1100 percentecolmlpletion Substantial Completion, submit an Application for y for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. 1. 1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 2. This application shall reflect Certificate(s) of of the Substantial t nti l Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated port J. Final Payment Application: After completing Project closeout requirements, submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including,but not limited,to the following: 1. Recommendation of final acceptance by the Architect. 2. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements.3. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof — that taxes,fees, and similar obligations were paid. 012900 - 4 PAYMENT PROCEDURES PROJECT#19-22713 ra 4. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. 5. AIA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims." 6. AIA Document G706A, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens." 7. AIA Document G707, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment." mi. 8. Evidence that claims have been settled. 9. All written guarantees and warranties required by these specifications are on file 10. All shop drawings, schedules and operator's manuals, properly bound and indexed, are on file. ... 11. Executed final acceptance by the Owner. 12. As-built marked up set of construction drawings. END OF SECTION 012900 i 1 I 1 1 'a 4": 1 "1 'S t 1 I , 1 i I PAYMENT PROCEDURES PROJECT#19-22713 O l 2900 5 R i Imola w • Vow • Immo Y warm Mom r... SECTION 013100-PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS wit A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SU�RY ''! A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction o eratio including, but not limited to,the following: p ns on Project 1. General coordination procedures. 2. Coordination drawings. 3. RFIs. 4. Project meetings. B. Each contractor shall participate in coordination require are assigned to a specific contractor. ments. Certain areas of responsibility 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. BIM: Building Information Modeling. �., B. RFI: Request for Information. Request from Owner, Architect, or Contract information required by or clarifications of the Contract Documents. or seeking 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposefor each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design.Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of entity performing subcontract or supplying products. 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s)covered by subcontract. • 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract. Pal B. Key Personnel Names: Within 15 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and cellular telephone numbers and e-mail addresses. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as alternates in the absence of individuals assigned to Project. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 1 PROJECT#19-22713 1. Post copies of list in project meeting room, in temporary field office, and in prominent location in built facility.Keep list current at all times. ent to the — 2. Construction Superintendent: The General rthatll assign a Superinten specifications are followed and ._ job. It will be the Superintendent's duty to observe that the Architect is notified if deviations occur. 1.5 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operationsluded in of each partlf of the Workferent �Coordinate Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation construction operations included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. 1. Schedule construction operations in de q ends one nsal at on of therence rquired to obtain ecomponentss before where ... installation of one part of the Work p or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. er ammo B. Coordination: Each contractor shall coordinate its orderl construction installat�on of each part those the Wo k. contractors and entities to ensure efficient Y Each contractor shall coordinate its own operations with operations included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation,connection, and operation. where 1. Schedule construction operations in sedepeuence rquired to obtain nds oninstallation of otherecomponentss before _ installation of one part of the Work p or after its own installation. -- 2. Coordinate installation of accessibility forifferent pequired maintenance,onents with other cservicce�andtrepalrsure maximum performance a on. 11•MI 3. Make adequate provisions ° c ote items scheduled for later ordinateinstallation of different to 4. Where availability of space is limited, ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair of all components, including mechanical and electrical. ' C. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination.Include such items as required notices,reports, and list of attendees at meetings. 1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required. nistrave D. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling to avloid conflicts and to ensure lo ded ny mi progress of �.. procedures with other construction activities the Work. Such administrative activities include,but are not limited to,the following: 1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Preparation of the schedule of values. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. L 5. Progress meetings. 6. Project closeout activities. 7. Startup and adjustment of systems. 013100 -2 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION _ PROJECT#19-22713 .0 1.6 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION(RFI) .. A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information, clarification, or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified. 1. Architect will return without response those RFIs submitted to Architect by other entities controlled by Contractor. 2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's at" work or work of subcontractors. B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation and the following: 1. Project name. 2. Project number. 3. Date. 4. Name of Contractor. 5. Name of Architect. 6. RFI number, numbered sequentially. 7. RFI subject. 8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. 9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 12. Contractor's signature. 13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop *1.4 Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation. a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches. C. RFI Forms: AIA Document G716 or Software-generated form with substantially the same content as indicated above, acceptable to Architect. 1. Attachments shall be electronic files in PDF format. .a D. Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Allow seven working days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Architect after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day. 1. The following Contractor-generated RFIs will be returned without action: a. Requests for approval of submittals. 17 b. Requests for approval of substitutions. c. Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods. d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in i Documents. the Contract e. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. f. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. g. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs. i PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION. PROJECT#19-22713 013100 3 . WM est for nal — 2. Architect's action may includwill date fromtime ofl�eceipt by Arch feet of additional tion, in which case Architect's time for response -- information. 3. Architect's action on RFIsat for Contractor Contractor to ubmrtay result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligibleChange Proposal according to Section 012600 "Contract Modification Procedures." he ntract Time or a. If Contractor believes the RFh tecptonswriti ge awithina5 days in tof receipt of the RFI .�. the Contract Sum, notify response. -- E. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log monthly.Include the following: 1. Project name. 2. Name and address of Contractor. 3. Name and address of Architect.4. RFI number including RFIs that were returned without action or withdrawn. `� 5. RFI description. 6. Date the RFI was submitted. �- 7. Date Architect's response was received. 8. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. 9. Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as r.. appropriate. ately response F. On receipt of Architect's action, update the andRnotify ArI log dchitect within distributeeven days if Contractor ... to affected parties. Review response disagrees with response. 1.7 PROJECT MEETINGS A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated. uals whose presence is 1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved,Noti Owner anddArchitect of scheduled I. required, of date and time of each meeting. meetm dates and times a minimum of 5 working days prior to meeting. 2. Agenda:Prepare the meeting agenda.Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. 3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will meeting minutes rtod s everyone nificant dCloncerned, and agreements achieved. Distribute including Owner and Architect,within three days of the meeting. a B. Preconstruction Conference: Architectconvenient toto Owner and and Architects but no later than I S ction conference before starting construction, at a time ..„ days after execution of the Agreement. hitect, 1. Attendees: Authorized representativesa'or msubcof Owner,ontractoArers; suppliersnand other their �oncerned Contractor and its superintendent; Wm parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 013100 -4 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PROJECT#19-22713 2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following: a. Responsibilities and personnel assignments. b. Tentative construction schedule. c. Phasing. d. Critical work sequencing and long lead items. e. Designation of key personnel and their duties. f. Lines of communications. ++ g. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. h. Procedures for RFIs. i. Procedures for testing and inspecting. j. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. k. Distribution of the Contract Documents. 1• Submittal procedures. m. Preparation of Record Documents. n. Use of the premises. o. Work restrictions. P. Working hours. q. Owner's occupancy requirements. r. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. s. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns. t. Construction waste management and recycling. u. Parking availability. v. Office, work, and storage areas. w. Equipment deliveries and priorities. x. First aid. y. Security. z. Progress cleaning. 3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting g C. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at monthly intervals. 1. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests. 2. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as { appropriate to status of Project. a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 1) Review schedule for next period. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 5 PROJECT#19-22713 b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following: 1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Status of submittals. 4) Deliveries. 5) Off-site fabrication. .• 6) Access. 7) Site use. 8) Temporary facilities and controls. 9) Progress cleaning. 10) Quality and work standards. 11) Status of correction of deficient items. 12) Field observations. 13) Status of RFIs. 14) Status of Proposal Requests. 15) Pending changes. 16) Status of Change Orders. 17) Pending claims and disputes. 18) Documentation of information for payment requests. 4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information. a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have eachbee made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of END OF SECTION 013100 Imo L i 013100- 6 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PROJECT#19-22713 SECTION 013200- CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 0.. A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary pp mentary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY "t A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documentin the pro construction during performance of the Work, including the following: g P gress of 1. Startup construction schedule. 2. Contractor's Construction Schedule. 3. Construction schedule updating reports. 4. Daily construction reports. { 5. Material location reports. 6. Site condition reports. 7. Unusual event reports. 1.3 DEFINITIONS meg A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring, and controlling the construction Project. Activities included in a construction schedule consum ..+� time and resources. 1. Critical Activity: An activity on the critical path that must start and finish on the planned early start and finish times. 2. Predecessor Activity:An activity that precedes another activity in the network. 3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network. B. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of Project. C. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float. D. Event: The starting or ending point of an activity. E. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity. F. Resource Loading: The allocation of manpower and equipment necessary for completing an activity as scheduled. l CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PROJECT#19-22713 013200- 1 1 r 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in the following format: - 1. Working electronic copy of schedule file,where indicated. 2. PDF file. OR 3. Two paper copies,of sufficient size to display entire period or schedule, as required. B. Startup construction schedule. C. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to display entire schedule for entire construction period. 1. Submit a working digital copy of schedule, using software indicated, and labeled to comply with requirements for submittals. 1.5 COORDINATION cts, A. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule re the schedule and eother of alues,list requiredoschedulesraand submittal schedule, progress reports, paymentq reports. 1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from entities involved. 2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence. 1.6 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE GENERAL A. Computer Scheduling Software: Prepare schedules using cu rent version of a program that has been developed specifically to manage construction schedules. B. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for commencement of the Work to date of final completion. 1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order. C. Milestones: Include milestones indicated and final complet ocuments in schedule, n cluding, but not limited to,the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, D. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report indicating activities scheduled to occur or commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the following issues: ..... l. Unresolved issues. 2. Unanswered Requests for Information. 3. Rejected or unreturned submittals. 4. Notations on returned submittals. Imo 5. Pending modifications affecting the Work and the Contract Time. 013200 - 2 .." CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PROJECT#19-22713 004 E. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule or before each regularlyescheduled progress meeting. 1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have "• been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting. 2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations. 3. As the Work progresses, indicate final completion percentage for each activity. F. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility. .•. 1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities. G. Contractor's Approvals: Final approved chart shall bear the signatures of all prime contractors and major subcontractors. 1.7 GANTT-CHART SCHEDULE RE UIREMENTS A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal, Gantt- wig Contractor's Construction Schedule within 30 days of date established for commencement of the Work. 1. Base schedule on the startup construction schedule and additional information received since the start of Project. B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. END OF SECTION 013200 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 3 PROJECT#19-22713 Immo MEP \Mor •••••t ,,, r• r. imm •= SECTION 013300-SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 PART 1 -GENERAL .14 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires Architect's responsive action. B. Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require Architect's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. 1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES -� A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testin deliver submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. g' ', other 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. B. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for list of submittals and time requirements for scheduled performance of related construction activities. C. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, i follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt ofisubmittal. No n time for e to sion asof the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals. 1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PROJECT#19-22713 013300- 1 r 2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal. 3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal. 4. Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by Architect's consultants, Owner,or other parties is indicated, allow 21 days for initial review of each submittal. D. Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. 1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 2. Provide a space approximately 6 by 8 inches on label or beside title block to record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect. 3. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name and address of Architect. d. Name and address of Contractor. e. Name and address of subcontractor. f. Name and address of supplier. g. Name of manufacturer. h. Submittal number or other detail references,uidentifier, fi r, including nclapprop di g revision identifier. i. Drawing number and e. E. Deviations: Highlight or otherwise specifically identify deviations from the Contract — Documents on submittals. al, F. Additional Copies: Unless additional copiesaren the Contract Documenequired for final mittnitialnsubmitta] Architect observes noncompliance with provisions may serve as final submittal. 1. Submit one copy of submittal to concurrent reviewer in addition to specified number of ... copies to Architect. 2. Additional copies submitted for maintenance manuals will be marked with action taken and will be returned. G. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect ill returnut submittals, bmitt ls, Imo without review, received from sources other than Contractor Contractor review. 1. Transmittal Form: Provide locations on form for the following information: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Destination(To:). d. Source(From:). e. Names of subcontractor,manufacturer, and supplier. f. Category and type of submittal. g. Submittal purpose and description. .. h. Specification Section number and title. i. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 013300- 2 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PROJECT#19-22713 Maw .w j. Transmittal number, numbered consecutively. k. Submittal and transmittal distribution record. 1• Remarks. m. Signature of transmitter. H. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal. 1. Note date and content of previous submittal. Omer2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly ildicate extent of revision. 3. Resubmit submittals until they are approved. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. J. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicatingapproved pP roved by Architect. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections. B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings,not as Product Data. ..� 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Manufacturer's written recommendations. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. c. Manufacturer's installation instructions. d. Standard color charts. e. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. f. Operational range diagrams. g. Standard product operation and maintenance manuals. h. Compliance with specified referenced standards. i. Testing by recognized testing agency. j. Application of testing agency labels and seals. k. Notation of coordination requirements. 4. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples. 5. Number of Copies: Submit three copies of Product Data, unless otherwise indicated. Architect will return two copies. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document. 1 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PROJECT#19-22713 013300 -3 Imo C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. 1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Dimensions. b. Identification of products. c. Roughing-in and setting diagrams. d. Wiring diagrams showing field-installed wiring, including power, signal, and control wiring. e. Design calculations. f. Compliance with specified standards. g. Notation of coordination requirements. h. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. i. Relationship to adjoining construction clearly indicated. _ _ j. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. 2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 24 by 36 inches. 3. Number of Copies: Submit five opaque (bond) copies of each submittal, architect will return all but one copy, and / or submit (in pdf form) electronic copy via email to the Architect. Architect will return stamped pdf to contractor via email. 4. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings as called for in these specifications. All shop drawings shall have the date marked on them when the Contractor receives them from the supplier. Shop drawings shall be submitted through the Contractor and shall not come direct from the supplier to the Architect. Shop drawings that are not dated and signed as approved by the Contractor will not be accepted or reviewed and will be marked "resubmit" and sent back to the Contractor. Shop drawings for the mechanical and electrical work shall be sent to the Consultant if other than the Architect. D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these 6. characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. Submit to Architect within six weeks of Contract Signature. 1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package. i....2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following: a. Generic description of Sample. b. Product name and name of manufacturer. `" c. Sample source. d. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. 3. Quantity and Size: All samples shall be submitted in duplicate except as noted and shall show the expected range of color and texture or variation in the material. Sizes of the samples shall be according to the following schedule unless otherwise specified. Submit samples as soon as possible for coordination of color selections. a. Other materials: Shall be a suitable length or size, which will show the representative arrangement, finish, or material, which will be required for the project. In the case of small items, individual items of the size specified will be acceptable. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 -4 PROJECT#19-22713 i 4. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality- control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time gsmi of use. b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's ,..1 property,are the property of Contractor. 5. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. a. Number of Samples: Submit two full set(s) of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from •m manufacturer's product line. Architect will return submittal with options selected. E. Product Schedule or List: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product. ihnift 2. Number and name of room or space. 3. Location within room or space. 4. Number of Copies: Submit four copies of product schedule or list, unless otherwise indicated. Architect will return two copies. a. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document. ar" F. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Use CSI Form 1.5A. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying products. 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s)covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract. 4. Number of Copies: Submit three copies of subcontractor list, unless otherwise indicated. Architect will return two copies. a. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document. 2.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. B. Installer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 5 PROJECT#19-22713 C. Manufacturer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying r. that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required. D. Product Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. E. Material Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. F. Material Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency,on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. G. Product Test Reports: Prepare written reports indicating current product produced by .. manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency. H. Research/Evaluation Reports: Prepare written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the following information: 1. Name of evaluation organization. 2. Date of evaluation. 3. Time period when report is in effect. 4. Product and manufacturers'names. 5. Description of product. 6. Test procedures and results. 7. Limitations of use. L Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements." J. Field Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. K. Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation and .� normal maintenance of products and equipment. Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section"Operation and Maintenance Data." L. Design Data: Prepare written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of assumptions and other performance and designcriteria software,and summary if any,of loads.Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version calculations. Include page numbers. 013300- 6 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PROJECT#19-22713 M. Manufacturer's Instructions: Prepare written or published information that documents manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a product or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telephone number of manufacturer. Include the following, as applicable: 1. Preparation of substrates. 2. Required substrate tolerances. 3. Sequence of installation or erection. 4. Required installation tolerances. 5. Required adjustments. 6. Recommendations for cleaning and protection. N. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections. Include the following, as applicable: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. 3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. 4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken. 5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 6. Statement whether conditions,products, and installation will affect warranty. 7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. O. Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare written information indicating current status of insurance or bonding coverage. Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of 'IA coverage, amounts of deductibles, if any, and term of the coverage. P. Material Safety Data Sheets(MSDSs): Submit information directly to Owner. ti 1. Architect will not review submittals that include MSDSs and will return the entire submittal for resubmittal. Q. Finish Schedule: Each contractor shall submit to the Architect brand names, types, and samples of all finish materials for the project. Upon approval, the Architect will prepare a schedule of color selections for all finishes throughout the building. The General Contractor may obtain up to 15 copies of this schedule from the Architect so that he may distribute these to his/her material suppliers and subcontractors. The Mechanical and Electrical contractors shall each be provided two copies. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW 7-1 A. Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PROJECT#19-22713 013300 7 1 B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. 1. Contractor's name. 2. Date Contractor received drawings from supplier. 3. Any changes or notations in green pencil. 4. A statement that the Contractor has reviewed the drawings and finds them to be correct except as noted. 5 Signature of person making Contractor review. 6. Any deviations from drawings and specifications noted, underlined or circled in green. 3.2 ARCHITECT'S/ACTION A. General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action. B. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required in red, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken C. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate party. D. Partial submittals are not acceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned _ without review. E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be discarded. 3.3 OWNER'S COPIES L.. A. At the end of the project, each Contractor shall present to the Owner two (2)approved copies of 14 all shop drawings, schedules and operating manuals, and warranties suitably bound and indexed by Division, in a 3-ring binder. END OF SECTION 013300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 8 PROJECT#19-22713 r.. I SECTION 01 3510 STRUCTURAL TESTING AND SPECIAL INSPECTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 INTENT AND CONDITIONS A. Intent 1. Define and coordinate structural testing and special inspection services. 2. Define and coordinate conventional testing and inspection services. 3. Provide greater confidence that the specified work is constructed in compliance with the contract documents and Chapter 17 of the 2015 International Building Code. 4. Testing and Inspection services are intended to assist in determining probable compliance of the work with requirements specified. These services do not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the requirements of the contract documents. B. Conditions 1. If inspection of fabricator's work is required, the Owner's representative may require testing and inspection of the work at the plant, before shipment. Owner, Architect and Structural Engineer of Record (SER) reserve the right to reject material not complying with the contract documents. 2. Testing and inspection shall be performed in accordance with the industry standard used as the reference for the specific material or procedure unless other criteria are specified. In the absence of a referenced standard, tests shall be accomplished in accordance with _ generally accepted industry standards. 3. Work shall be checked as it progresses, but failure to detect any defective work or materials shall in no way prevent later rejection if defective work or materials are discovered, nor shall it obligate Owner to accept such work. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to PART 3 for technical scope sections regarding specific qualifications, inspections, tests, frequency and standards required. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Testing— Evaluation of systems, primarily requiring physical manipulation and analysis of materials, in accordance with approved standards. B. Inspection— Evaluation of systems, primarily requiring observation and engineering judgment. C. Structural Testing and Special Inspection—Structural Testing and Special Inspection Services herein include items required by the 2015 International Building Code, and other items which in the professional judgment of the Structural Engineer of Record, are critical to the integrity of the building structure. D. Conventional Testing and Inspection—Conventional Testing and Inspection Services herein describe those items not specially required by Code but may be considered essential to the proper performance of the building systems. E. Architect of Record—The prime consultant in charge of overall design and coordination of the project. F. Structural Engineer of Record (SER)—The Licensed Engineer in responsible charge of the structural design for the project. G. Licensed Structural Engineer: —A professional engineer with education and experience in the design of structures similar to this project licensed to practice in the state in which the project is located. H. Testing Agency (TA)—The properly qualified firm performing testing services. I. Special Inspector(SI)—A properly qualified individual or firm performing special inspections. J. Building Official—The Officer or his duly authorized representative charged with the administration and enforcement of the 2015 International Building Code. K. Continuous—The full-time observation of work requiring special inspection by an approved special inspector who is present in the area where the work is being performed. Project No. 19-22713 Section 01 3510 - Page 1 of 8 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications L. Periodic—The part-time or intermittent observation of work requiring special inspection by an approved special inspector who is present in the area where the work is being performed. 1.04 REFERENCES A. ASTM E329-02 - Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Materials Used in Construction. B. ASTM E43-02 - Standard Practice for Agencies Performing Nondestructive Testing. C. ASTM C1077-02 - Practice for Laboratories Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria for Laboratory Evaluation. D. ASTM C1093-95- Practice for Accreditation of Testing Agencies for Unit Masonry. E. ASTM D3740-01 - Practice for Minimum Requirements for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction. F. AISC Steel Construction Manual 14th Edition (2010) G. 2015 International Building Code. H. See technical sections of PART 3 for specific references. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. Testing Agency (TA)—The testing agency shall be an approved independent testing agency acceptable to the Owner, Architect, SER and as noted below: 1. Authorized to operate in the state in which the project is located and experienced with the requirements and testing methods specified in the technical scope sections of PART 2. 2. Meeting applicable requirements of Section 1.04"References". 3. Testing equipment shall be calibrated at reasonable intervals by devices of accuracy traceable to either the National Bureau of Standards, or to accepted values of natural physical constants. B. Special Inspector(SI)—The special inspector shall be under the direct supervision of a registered civil/structural engineer, experienced with the type of work requiring structural testing and special inspection. 1. The categories of special inspector are: a. Special Inspector-Technical I, II, and III: Usually an employee of a testing agency. b. Special Inspector- Structural I and II: Preferably an employee of the SER's firm. 2. Unique special inspector requirements, for specific materials and system, are noted in related technical specification sections. — 1.06 RESPONSIBILITIES A. Structural Testing and Special Inspection 1. Special Inspectors: "— a. Sign the Structural Testing and Special Inspection Summary Schedule in conjunction with other responsible parties prior to commencement of construction. b. If requested, attend a pre-construction meeting to review the scope of structural testing and special inspection. c. Test and/or inspect the work assigned for conformance with the building department approved design drawings, specifications and applicable material and workmanship provisions of the Code. Perform testing and inspection in a timely manner to avoid delay of work. d. Bring discrepancies to the immediate attention of the contractor for correction, confirm that they are corrected and, if uncorrected after a reasonable period of time, bring to the attention of the Structural Engineer of Record, the Building Official, and to the Architect. e. Submit test and/or inspection reports to the Building Official, Contractor, the Structural Engineer of Record, and other designated persons in accordance with the Structural Testing and Special Inspection Summary Schedule. f. Submit a final signed report stating whether the work requiring special inspection was, to the best of the inspector's knowledge, in conformance with the approved plans, specifications and the applicable workmanship provisions of the Code. 2. Testing Agency: Project No. 19-22713 Section 01 3510 - Page 2 of 8 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications a. Sign the Structural Testing and Special Inspection Summary Schedule in conjunction with other responsible parties prior to commencement of construction. b. If requested, attend a pre-construction meeting to review the scope of structural testing and special inspection. c. When engaged as a special inspector, provide structural testing and special inspection services as previously described. 3. Architect of Record (or other prime consultant): a. Complete and sign the Structural Testing and Special Inspection Summary Schedule in conjunction with other responsible parties prior to commencement of construction. Provide a completed copy of the schedule to all signed parties including Building Official. b. If appropriate, arrange and attend a pre-construction meeting to review the scope of structural testing and special inspection. Include Contractor, Building Official, SER, Testing Agency and other parties concerned. c. Coordinate the flow of reports and related information to expedite resolution of construction issues. 4. Structural Engineer of Record (SER): a. Identify items requiring structural testing and special inspection including special cases. b. Define "type" of special inspector required for"description" of work indicated on the structural testing and special inspection schedule. c. Complete and sign the Structural Testing and Special Inspection Summary Schedule prior to commencement of construction. d. If requested, attend a pre-construction meeting to review the scope of structural testing and special inspection. e. Review reports submitted by special inspectors. -' f. If engaged as a special inspector, provide structural testing and special inspection services as previously described. 5. Contractor: a. Sign the Structural Testing and Special Inspection Summary Schedule in conjunction with other responsible parties prior to commencement of construction. b. Coordinate efforts to gain signatures of all signing parties other than the Architect and Structural Engineer of Record (SER). c. If requested, attend a pre-construction meeting to review the scope of structural testing and special inspection. d. Post or make available the Structural Testing and Special Inspection Summary Schedule within its office at the job site. Also, provide adequate notification to those parties designated on the schedule so they may properly prepare for and schedule their work. e. Provide the special inspectors access to the approved drawings and specifications at the job site. f. Review reports submitted by special inspectors. g. Retain at the job site all reports submitted by the special inspectors for review by the building official upon request. h. Correct in a timely manner, deficiencies identified in inspection and/or testing reports. i. Provide the special inspector safe access to the work requiring inspection and/or testing. j. Provide labor and facilities to provide access to the work and to obtain, handle and deliver samples, to facilitate testing and inspection and for storage and curing of test samples. k. Verification of conformance of the work within specified construction tolerances is solely the Contractor's responsibility. 6. Fabricator: a. Sign the Structural Testing and Special Inspection Summary Schedule in conjunction with other responsible parties prior to commencing construction. b. Submit a Certificate of Compliance to the Building Official, Special Inspector, and Structural Engineer of Record that the work was performed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications. Project No. 19-22713 Section 01 3510 - Page 3 of 8 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications 7. Building Official (Typical responsibilities noted for information only): a. Determine work, which in the Building Officials opinion, involves unusual hazards or conditions in accordance with the 2015 International Building Code. b. Review special inspector qualifications. — c. Accept and sign the completed Structural Testing and Special Inspection Summary Schedule. d. Review all fabricators who perform work in their shop, which requires special — inspection. e. Review reports and recommendations submitted by the special inspectors. by the special f. Reviewdocumector(s). These ents should he"final lbe accepted and apprgned reports" oved by the buldingpdepartment prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. 8. Owner: a. Establish direct funding to provide for cost of structural testing and special inspection services. b. Provide special inspector with approved design drawings, specifications and approved shop drawings. c. Provide special inspectors and testing agencies with full access to site at all times. d. Sign the Structural Testing and Special Inspection Summary Schedule in conjunction with other responsible parties prior to commencement of construction. B. Conventional Testing and Inspection 1. Testing Agency: a. Test or inspect the work assigned, for conformance with building department approved plans, specifications and applicable workmanship provisions of the 2015 International Building Code. b. Bring non-conforming items to the immediate attention of the Contractor, and if uncorrected to the Architect of Record. c. Submit test and/or inspection reports to the Architect of Record, the Contractor and — other designated persons. 2. Contractor: a. Provide adequate notification to testing agency so they may properly prepare for and schedule their work. b. Provide testing agency with access to the approved design drawings, approved shop drawings and specifications at the job site. c. Correct in a timely manner, deficiencies identified in test and/or inspection reports. _ d. Provide testing agency with safe access to the work requiring testing and inspection. e. Provide labor and facilities to provide access to the work and to obtain and handle samples, to facilitate testing and inspection and for storage and curing of test samples. f. Verification of conformance of the work within specified construction tolerances is solely the Contractor's responsibility. 3. Architect of Record (or other prime consultant): a. Coordinate the flow of reporting and related information to expedite resolution of construction issues. C. Inspections by Building Official 1. Contractor shall provide adequate notice for inspections performed by the Building Official, as required by the 2015 International Building Code, and local ordinance. D. Periodic Site Observations by Design Consultant 1. Special structural testing and inspection, conventional testing and inspection, and periodic inspections by the Building Official do not preclude the normal field involvement and site observations by Architect or Structural Engineer of Record, nor shall it relieve the Contractor of any responsibility to complete the work in accordance with the approved drawings and specifications. E. Limits of Authority 1. Testing agents and/or special inspectors may not waive or alter contract requirements, or ,— approve or accept any portion of the work unless specifically authorized by the Architect or Section 01 3510 - Page 4 of 8 _ Project No. 19-22713 Waterloo Library - Stair Mondifications Structural Engineer of Record. They may not assume any duties of the Contractor, and they have no authority to stop or reject"Work". 1.07 PAYMENT A. Owner shall directly employ and pay for services of the special inspectors to perform required Structural Testing and Special Inspection. B. Owner shall employ and pay for services of the testing agency to perform required Conventional Testing and Inspection. C. Unless noted otherwise, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, samples, mock-ups, and assemblies required for testing and inspection and shall pay for all shipping costs related to delivery of this work. Testing agency will pay for shipping costs of samples transported from site to lab. D. If exploratory work is required to determine the cause of defects, the cost of such work shall be paid by the Contractor, if the work is found to be defective, in the judgment of the Architect/Engineer. Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for all costs incurred in this event. E. Any tests required to qualify the Contractor, or the workmen for any phase of the work, shall be performed at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.08 INSPECTION NOTICE A. Contractor shall provide minimum of 24 hours notice for all items requiring testing or inspection. Items requiring testing and inspection services prior to or during placement shall not be placed until testing and inspection services are available. Items requiring testing and inspection services after placement shall not be enclosed or obscured until testing and inspection services are performed. 1.09 REPORTS A. Testing agency and/or special inspectors shall submit reports in accordance with the Structural Testing and Special Inspection Summary Schedule and shall conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether; (1) test specimens and observations comply with Contract Documents, and specifically state any deviations, (2) record types and locations of defects found in work, (3) record work required and performed, to correct deficiencies. B. Reports for structural testing and special inspection, shall be submitted in timely manner to the Contractor, Building Official, SER, and Architect of Record. 1. Submit reports for ongoing work, to provide the information noted below: a. Date issued. b. Project title and number. c. Firm name and address. d. Name and signature of tester or inspector. e. Date and time of sampling. f. Date of test or inspection. g. Identification of product and specification section. h. Location in project, including elevations, grid location and detail. i. Type of test or inspections. j. Results of tests or inspections and interpretation of same. k. Observations regarding compliance with Contract Documents or deviations there from. 2. Submit a final signed report stating whether the work requiring special inspection was, to the best of the inspector's knowledge, in conformance with the approved plans, specifications and the applicable workmanship provisions of the code. C. Reports for conventional testing and inspection shall be submitted in a timely manner to the Contractor and the Architect of Record. 1.10 FREQUENCY OF TESTING AND INSPECTION A. For detailed requirements see technical sections of PART 3. 1.11 PROTECTION AND REPAIR A. Upon completion of testing, sample-taking, or inspection, the Contractor shall repair damaged work and restore substrates and finishes to eliminate deficiencies, including deficiencies in the Project No. 19-22713 Section 01 3510 - Page 5 of 8 — Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications visual qualities of exposed surfaces, as judged solely by the Architect/Engineer of Record. — Protect work exposed by or for testing and/or inspection and protect repaired work. Repair and protection is the Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for testing and/or inspection. 1.12 TESTS TO DEMONSTRATE QUALIFICATION A. If the Contractor proposes a product material, method, or other system that has not been pre-qualified, the Architect may require applicable tests, to establish a basis for acceptance or rejection. These tests will be paid for by the Contractor. B. The Architect/Engineer of Record reserves the right to require certification or other proof that the system proposed, is in compliance with any tests, criteria or standards called for. The certificate shall be signed by a representative of an independent testing agency. PART 2 MATERIALS (NOT USED) PART 3 SCOPE OF TESTING AND INSPECTION 3.01 STRUCTURAL TESTING AND SPECIAL INSPECTION PROGRAM SUMMARY A. The parties involved shall complete and sign the Structural Testing and Special Inspection Summary Schedule. The Program, including Summary Schedule, shall be submitted to the building official for approval prior to issuance of a building permit. The competed schedule includes the following: 1. A specific listing of the items requiring inspection and testing. 2. The associated technical scope sections that define the applicable standards by which to judge conformance with the approved plans and specifications in accordance with 2015 International Building Code. The technical scope sections should also include the degree or basis of inspection and testing; i.e., intermittent/will-call or full-time/continuous. — 3. The frequency of reporting, i.e., weekly, monthly, per test/inspection, per floor, etc. 4. The parties responsible for performing the inspection and testing work. 5. The required acknowledgments by each designated party. — 3.02 CONVENTIONAL TESTING AND INSPECTION A. (Not Used) 3.03 STRUCTURAL TESTING AND SPECIAL INSPECTION STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS A. Refer to attached Program Summary Schedule for this project. It includes a schedule of Special Inspection services applicable to this project and the identity of agencies to be retained _. for conducting these inspections and tests. B. The Special Inspector shall keep records of all inspections and shall furnish inspection reports to the Building Official, the Architect and Structural Engineer of Record. Discrepancies shall be brought to the immediate attention of the Contractor for correction. If such discrepancies are not corrected, the discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Building Official, the Architect and SER. The Special Inspection program does not relieve the Contractor of his or her responsibilities. C. Interim reports shall be submitted to the Building Official, Architect, and SER. D. A Final Report of Special Inspections documenting completion of all required Special Inspections, testing and correction of any discrepancies noted in the inspections shall be submitted prior to issuance of a Certificate of Use and Occupancy. 3.04 TECHNICAL SECTIONS A. Section 31 2200 - Earthwork-Grading, Excavation Filling 1. (Not Used) 2. Definitions a. Refer to PART 1 for standard definitions. b. Special Inspector—Technical 1) Technical I: Technician shall be under the direct supervision of a Technical III. Work shall be performed in a qualified geotechnical/testing laboratory. Project No. 19-22713 Section 01 3510 - Page 6 of 8 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications 2) Technical II: Technical with a minimum of 2 years experience, or a graduate engineer, and is an employee of a qualified and approved geotechnical/testing laboratory, under the direct supervision of a Technical III. 3) Technical III: A civil/geotechnical engineer regularly engaged in this type of work with a minimum of 4 years experience, licensed in the State in which the project is located, and is an employee of a qualified and approved geotechnical/testing laboratory. This licensed engineer shall review and approve all final field reports. 3. Structural Testing and Special Inspection Requirements (Item and Frequency and Qualifications) — a. Classification of materials used and encountered during construction per ASTM:D2488 and ASTM:D2487. Technical I b. Performance of laboratory testing of materials, as needed (Proctor, Sieve Analysis, Atterberg Limits, Consolidation Test, etc.). Technical I c. Field Density Tests: Technical I d. Provide periodic results of field compaction and laboratory work for general compliance with Contract Documents and Geotechnical Reports. Technical I e. Observe all subgrades/excavation bases below footings and slabs and verify design bearing capacity is achieved. Technical II f. Document presence of groundwater within excavations. Technical I g. Provide reports of subgrade observations for general compliance with Contract Documents and Geotechnical Report. Technical II h. Verify cut and fill slopes as specified in the contract documents. Technical III — 4. Conventional Testing and Inspections Requirements a. Contractor shall verify that footings comply with frost depth requirements and shall report any variances to the SER in a timely manner. B. Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete —' 1. General a. Structural testing is required for all concrete. Thus, Special inspections as outlined below are not required for the following items: — 1) Isolated spread footings of buildings three stories or less in height that are fully supported on earth or rock. 2) Strip footings of buildings three stories or less in height that are fully supported on earth or rock, where the footings support walls of light frame construction, the footings are designed in accordance with Table 1808.8, or the footing structural design is based on a f'c no greater than 2500 psi. 3) Non-structural slabs on grade, including prestressed slabs on grade when effective prestress in concrete is less than 150 pounds per square inch. 4) Concrete foundation walls constructed in accordance with Table 1807.1.6.2. 2. Definitions a. Refer to PART 1 for standard definitions. b. Special Inspector—Technical 1) Technical I: ACI Certified Grade I inspector. Inspector shall be employed by a testing laboratory, under the direct supervision of a Technical III. 2) Technical II: ACI Certified Grade II inspector. Inspector shall be employed by a testing laboratory, under the direct supervision of a Technical III. 3) Technical III: A civil/structural engineer regularly engaged in this type of work, _ with a minimum of 4 years experience and licensed in the State in which the project is located and is an employee of a qualified and approved testing laboratory. The licensed engineer shall review and approved all reports. 4) Testing laboratory shall have C.C.R.L. certification at the National Bureau of Standards. c. Special Inspector—Structural 1) Structural I: Graduate civil/structural engineer, or other personnel acceptable to the SER, with experience in the design of structural systems of this type. Inspections shall be performed under the direct supervision of a Structural II. 2) Structural II: Civil/structural engineer regularly engaged in the design of structural systems of this type, licensed in the State in which the project is located. The licensed engineer shall review and approve all inspection reports. Project No. 19-22713 Section 01 3510 - Page 7 of 8 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications 3) Special Inspector-Structural may be an employee of the SER. — 3. Structural Testing and Special Inspection Requirements (Item and Frequency and Qualifications) a. Sample and test all cast in place concrete; Technical I. 1) Prepare compression test specimens (ASTM C31), one set of four standard cylinders of concrete for each compressive strength test, mold and store cylinders for laboratory-cured specimens. Specimens shall be 4x8 cylinders except where an alternate size has been approved by the structural engineer. 2) Perform compressive strength tests (ASTM C39). One set of four cylinders for each days pour between one and 25 cubic yards. If a day's pour exceeds 25 cubic yards, one set of four cylinders for each additional 50 cubic yards, or fraction thereof. One specimen at seven days, two at 28 days, and one specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required. For post tensioned concrete, make and test an additional cylinder at three days to verify strength prior to stressing. (When frequency of testing will provide less than five strength tests for a given class of concrete, conduct at least five strength tests from randomly selected batches. If fewer than five batches are used, conduct one test from each batch.) 3) Slump (ASTM C143): One test at point of discharge for each set of compression test specimens; additional tests when concrete consistency appears to have changed. 4) Air entrainment (ASTM C231): Test the first batch of air entrained concrete and — one additional test for each set of compression test specimens. 5) Concrete Temperature: Test concrete temperature hourly when air temperature is 40F and below and when 80F and above, and each time a set of compression test specimens is made. b. On a periodic basis, perform concrete mix verification; Technical I. 1) Verify mixer truck trip ticket conforms to approved mix design. 2) Verify that total water added to mix on site does not exceed that allowed by concrete mix design. 3) Verify that concrete quality is indicative of adequate mixing time, consistency, and relevant time limits. Technical I c. On a continuous basis, inspect preparation and placement of all concrete. 1) Verify the following; Structural I: (a) Verify acceptable general condition of concrete base prior to placement. — (b) Verify concrete has been sampled for required concrete tests. (c) Verify that concrete conveyance and depositing avoids segregation and contamination. (d) Verify that concrete is properly consolidated. (e) Verify reinforcement remains at proper location. (f) Unless noted, inspections shall be on a continuous basis. Inspections may be performed on a periodic basis for the following types of work: — d. On a periodic basis, observe protection and curing methods for all concrete requiring inspections as outlined above; Structural I: 1) Verify specified curing procedures are followed. 2) Verify specified hot and cold weather procedures are followed. e. On a continuous basis, inspect all bolts installed in concrete prior to and during concrete placement; Structural I: 1) Verify specified size, type, spacing, configuration, embedment, and quantity. 2) Verify proper concrete placement and means have been taken to achieve consolidation around all bolts. 4. Conventional Testing and Inspection Requirements a. (Not Used) END OF SECTION Project No. 19-22713 Section 01 3510 - Page 8 of 8 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications Structural Testing and Special Inspection Program Summary Schedule Project Name: Waterloo Public Library Exterior Stair Renovation Project No. 19-22713 Location: Waterloo, Iowa Permit No. (1) Technical (2) Section Article Descri tion 3) Inspector(4) Frequency (5) Firm (6) Soils TA IBC Table 1705.6 03 3000 1705.3 Cast-In-Place Concrete TA IBC Table 1705.3 Note: This schedule shall be filled out and included in a Special Structural Testing and Inspection Program. (If not otherwise specified, assumed program will be "Guidelines for Special Inspection & Testing") (1) Permit No. to be provided by the Building Official (2) Referenced to the specific technical scope section in the program. (3) Use descriptions per IBC Chapter 17. (4) Special Inspector—Technical (SIT); Special Inspector—Structural (SIS) (5) Weekly, monthly, per test/inspection, per floor, etc. Per section 01 3510 of spec book. (6) Name of Firm contracted to perform services. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS (Each appropriate representative shall sign below) Owner: Firm: Date: _ Contractor: Firm: Date: Architect: Firm: Date: SEER: Firm: Date: SI.-T: Firm: Date: SI-S: Firm: Date: TA: Firm: Date: F: Firm: Date: If requested by engineer/architect of record or building official, the individual names of all prospective special inspectors and the work they intend to observe shall be identified as an attachment. Legend: SER = Structural Engineer of Record SI-T= Special Inspector-Technical TA = Testing Agency SI-S = Special Inspector-Structural F = Fabricator Accepted for the Building Department By Date .mr SECTION 014000-QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. B. Testing and inspection services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1. Specific quali ty-assurance q ty-assurance and quality-control requirements for individual work results are specified in their respective Specification Sections. Requirements in individual Sections may also cover production of standard products. 2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality- assurance and quality-control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. -■ 3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and quality-control services required by Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. 4. Specific test and inspection requirements are not specified in this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Field Quality-Control Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work. B. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, assembly,and similar operations. 1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require that certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s). C. Product Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) according to 29 CFR 1910.7, by a testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP), or by a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PROJECT#19 22713 014000- 1 D. Source Quality-Control Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source; for example,plant,mill,factory,or shop. E. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency. F. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements. G. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after .. execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Contractor's quality-control services do not include contract administration activities performed by Architect[or Construction Manager]. r,,, 1.4 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS IMO A. Conflicting Standards and Other Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards or requirements are specified and the standards or requirements establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different,but apparently equal,to Architect for direction before proceeding. B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority. B. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include the following: 1. Specification Section number and title. 2. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections. 3. Description of test and inspection. 4. Identification of applicable standards. 5. Identification of test and inspection methods. 6. Number of tests and inspections required. �„ 7. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections. 8. Requirements for obtaining samples. 9. Unique characteristics of each quality-control service. .. C. Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports and documents as specified. 014000-2 ... QUALITY REQUIREMENTS UIREMENTS Q PROJECT#19-22713 D. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's record, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee judgments,jud menu, correspondence, records, and similar documents established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work. 1.6 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other Sections.Include the following: 1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name, address,telephone number, and email address of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. 8. Complete test or inspection data. 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. 10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspection. 11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting. B. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's technical representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections.Include the following: 1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of technical representative making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. 3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. 4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken. 5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 6. Statement whether conditions,products, and installation will affect warranty. 7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. C. Factory-Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of factory-authorized service representative making report. 2. Statement that equipment complies with requirements. 3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 4. Statement whether conditions,products, and installation will affect warranty. 5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PROJECT#19-22713 014000 -3 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements. Imo B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. As applicable,procure products from manufacturers able to meet qualification requirements, warranty requirements, and technical or factory-authorized service representative requirements. C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, applying, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. F. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. 1. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for specialists. G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspection indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 329; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and, where required by authorities having jurisdiction,that is acceptable to authorities. H. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. I. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. �" f r I tir j 014000 -4 ... � QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PROJECT#19-22713 1.8 QUALITY CONTROL A. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality-control activities, whether specified or not,to verify and document that the Work complies with requirements. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality-control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction,whether specified or not. 2. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform uali q ty-control services. a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by Owner. 3. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspection will be performed. 4. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, certified written report, in duplicate, of eachquality-control p tY� submit a 5. Testing and inspection requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 6. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct. B. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents. C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures." D. Manufacturer's Technical Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's technical representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's technical representative's services include participation in preinstallation conferences, examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, observation of Installer activities, inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports. E. Associated Contractor Services: Cooperate with agencies and representatives performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 73. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspection. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspection equipment at Project site. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 5 PROJECT#19-22713 6.0 F. Coordin ation: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and `, quality-control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspection. 1. Schedule times for tests, inspections,obtaining samples, and similar activities. PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Used) 6. PART 3 -EXECUTION L 3.1 ACCEPTABLE 1'tSTING AGENCIES -- A. The following agencies have been pre-approved to perform some or all of the testing required above: _. Allender Butzke Patzig Laboratories 3550— 109th St. 3922 Delaware Avenue Urbandale,IA 50322-8101 Des Moines,IA 50313 Ph: 515-252-1885 Ph: 515-266-5101 Fax: 515-252-1888 Shive Hattery,Inc. Braun Intertec 2834 Northgate Drive 1901 — 16th Avenue Southwest, Ste. 2 Iowa City,IA 52245 Cedar Rapids,IA 52404 Ph: 319-354-3040 or 800-798-3040 .— Ph: 319-365-0961 Fax: 319-354-6921 Fax: 319-365-1306 Team Services Chosen Valley Testing 333-H SW 9th Street 421 N. Georgia Ave. Des Moines,IA 50309 Mason City,IA 50401-3438 Ph: 515-282-8818 Ph: 641-201-1050 Fax: 515-282-8741 Fax: 641-201-1012 Team Services Chosen Valley Testing 260-C 33rd Avenue, SW 2718 Falls Avenue Cedar Rapids,IA 52404 Waterloo,IA 50701 Ph: 319-366-0759 , Ph: 319-505-2675 Fax: 319-366-0793 ..- Fax: 319-505-2774 Geotechnical Services,Inc. Team Services 2853 99th Street Fort Dodge,IA and i... Urbandale,IA 50322 Mason City,IA Ph: 515-270-6542 Ph: 1-800-886-8326 Olsson Associates Terracon Consultants,Inc. 11035 Aurora Avenue 3105 Capital Way, Suite 5 Urbandale,IA 50322 Cedar Falls,IA 50613 Ph: 515-331-6517 Ph: 319-277-4016 Fax: 515-331-6518 Fax: 319-277-4320 014000 - 6 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PROJECT#19-22713 i Terracon Consultants Inc. Tetra Technologies,Inc. 2640- 12th St. SW 2213 LaPorte Road Cedar Rapids,IA 52404 Waterloo, IA 50702 Ph: 319-366-8321 Ph: 319-232-6591 `` Fax: 319-366-0032 Fax: 319-232-0373 Terracon Consultants,Inc. 600 SW 7th Street, Suite M Des Moines, IA 50309 Ph: 515-244-3184 Fax: 515-244-5249 3.2 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG A. Test and Inspection Log: Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following: 1. Date test or inspection was conducted. 2. Description of the Work tested or inspected. 3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Architect. 4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection. B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and revisions as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Architect's reference during normal working hours. 1. Submit log at Project closeout as part of Project Record Documents. 3.3 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General: On completion of testing, inspection, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in Section 017300 "Execution." -�j B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities. C. Repair and p protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services. 3.4 REQUIRED OBSERVATIONS OF THE ARCHITECT A. The Contractor shall note throughout the plans and specifications where "required observations" are called for. The following items are a guide only, and do not necessarily I indicate all site visits required. See Supplementary General Conditions: 1 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PROJECT#19-22713 014000 7 Before any roofing Substantial completion review Final review One-year warranty review END OF SECTION 014000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 8 PROJECT#19-22713 SECTION 014200-REFERENCES 014200 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary "61 Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. l 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." 1 D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on ° ' Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified"have the same meaning as "indicated." E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control 7 performance of the Work. F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. ' G. "Install": Unload, temporarily store, unpack, assemble, erect, place, anchor, apply, work to dimension, finish,cure,protect, clean,and similar operations at Project site. 1 H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. I. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on 1 which Project is to be built. 1 k 1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS 1 A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. 7 B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated. -61 REFERENCES 014200 - 1 • PROJECT#19-22713 I C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source. 1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. AABC -Associated Air Balance Council;www.aabc.com. 2. AAMA-American Architectural Manufacturers Association;www.aamanet.org. 3. AAPFCO-Association of American Plant Food Control Officials;www.aapfco.org. 4. AASHTO - American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials; www.transportation.org. 5. AATCC -American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists;www.aatcc.org. �* 6. ABMA-American Bearing Manufacturers Association;www.americanbearings.org. 7. ABMA-American Boiler Manufacturers Association;www.abma.com. 8. ACI-American Concrete Institute; (Formerly:ACI International);www.abma.com. 9. ACPA-American Concrete Pipe Association;www.concrete-pipe.org. 10. AEIC -Association of Edison Illuminating Companies,Inc. (The);www.aeic.org. 11. AF&PA-American Forest&Paper Association;www.afandpa.org. 12. AGA-American Gas Association;www.aga.org. 13. AHAM-Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers;www.aham.org. 14. AHRI-Air-Conditioning,Heating, and Refrigeration Institute(The);www.ahrinet.org. Nom 15. AI -Asphalt Institute;www.asphaltinstitute.org. 16. AIA-American Institute of Architects(The);www.aia.org. 17. AISC -American Institute of Steel Construction;www.aisc.org. 18. AISI- American Iron and Steel Institute;www.steel.org. 19. AITC -American Institute of Timber Construction; www.aitc-glulam.org. 20. AMCA-Air Movement and Control Association International,Inc.;www.amca.org. 21. ANSI -American National Standards Institute;www.ansi.org. 22. AOSA-Association of Official Seed Analysts,Inc.;www.aosaseed.com. _ 23. APA- APA-The Engineered Wood Association;www.apawood.org. 24. APA-Architectural Precast Association;www.archprecast.org. 25. API -American Petroleum Institute;www.api.org. 26. ARI -Air-Conditioning&Refrigeration Institute;(See AHRI). 27. ARI -American Refrigeration Institute; (See AHRI). 28. ARMA-Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association;www.asphaltroofing.org. 29. ASCE- American Society of Civil Engineers;www.asce.org. 30. ASCE/SEI - American Society of Civil Engineers/Structural Engineering Institute; (See ASCE). 31. ASHRAE - American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers; www.ashrae.org. 32. ASME - ASME International; (American Society of Mechanical Engineers); www.asme.org. REFERENCES 014200 - 2 PROJECT#19-22713 33. ASSE-American Society of Safety Engineers(The);www.asse.org. 34. ASSE-American Society of Sanitary Engineering; www.asse-plumbing.org. 35. ASTM-ASTM International;www.astm.org. 36. ATIS -Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions;www.atis.org. 37. AWEA-American Wind Energy Association;www.awea.org. 38. AWI-Architectural Woodwork Institute;www.awinet.org. 39. AWMAC - Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada; www.awmac.com. ,.� 40. AWPA-American Wood Protection Association;www.awpa.com. 41. AWS -American Welding Society;www.aws.org. 42. AWWA-American Water Works Association;www.awwa.org. ,� 43. BHMA-Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association; www.buildershardware.com. 44. BIA-Brick Industry Association(The); www.gobrick.com. 45. BICSI-BICSI,Inc.;www.bicsi.org. 46. BIFMA - BIFMA International; (Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's 1 Association); www.bifma.org. 47. BISSC -Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee; www.bissc.org. 48. BWF - Badminton World Federation; (Formerly: International Badminton Federation); www.bissc.org. 49. CDA- Copper Development Association; www.copper.org. 50. CEA- Canadian Electricity Association; www.electricity.ca. +mi 51. CEA- Consumer Electronics Association;www.ce.org. 52. CFFA-Chemical Fabrics and Film Association,Inc.;www.chemicalfabricsandfilm.com. 53. CFSEI- Cold-Formed Steel Engineers Institute; www.cfsei.org. 11igi 54. CGA-Compressed Gas Association; www.cganet.com. 55. CIMA- Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association;www.cellulose.org. 56. CISCA- Ceilings &Interior Systems Construction Association;www.cisca.org. 57. CISPI- Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute;www.cispi.org. 58. CLFMI-Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute;www.chainlinkinfo.org. 59. CPA- Composite Panel Association;www.pbmdf.com. 60. CRI-Carpet and Rug Institute(The); www.carpet-rug.org. 61. CRRC- Cool Roof Rating Council;www.coolroofs.org. 62. CRSI -Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute;www.crsi.org. 63. CSA- Canadian Standards Association; www.csa.ca. 64. CSA - CSA International; (Formerly: IAS - International Approval Services);www.csa- international.org. international.org. 65. CSI- Construction Specifications Institute(The);www.csinet.org. 66. CSSB - Cedar Shake& Shingle Bureau; www.cedarbureau.org. 67. CTI - Cooling Technology Institute; (Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute); www.cti.org. 68. CWC - Composite Wood Council; (See CPA). 69. DASMA-Door and Access Systems Manufacturers Association; www.dasma.com. 70. DHI-Door and Hardware Institute; www.dhi.org. 71. ECA-Electronic Components Association; (See ECIA). or, 72. ECAMA-Electronic Components Assemblies&Materials Association; (See ECIA). 73. ECIA-Electronic Components Industry Association; www.eciaonline.org. 74. EIA-Electronic Industries Alliance; (See TIA). 75. EIMA - EIFS Industry Members Association; www.eima.com. "1 76. EJMA- Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association,Inc.; www.ejma.org. 77. ESD - ESD Association; (Electrostatic Discharge Association);www.esda.org. 78. ESTA- Entertainment Services and Technology Association; (See PLASA). 79. EVO- Efficiency Valuation Organization; www.evo-world.org. REFERENCES 014200 - 3 PROJECT#19-22713 80. FCI-Fluid Controls Institute;www.fluidcontrolsinstitute.org. 81. FIBA - Federation Internationale de Basketball; (The International Basketball Federation); www.fiba.com. 82. FIVB - Federation Internationale de Volleyball; (The International Volleyball Federation); www.fivb.org.83. FM Approvals-FM Approvals LLC;www.fmglobal.com. 84. FM Global-FM Global; (Formerly: FMG-FM Global);www.finglobal.com. 85. FRSA - Florida Roofing, Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors Association, Inc.; www.floridaroof.com. 86. FSA- Fluid Sealing Association;www.fluidsealing.com. 87. FSC -Forest Stewardship Council U.S.;www.fscus.org. 88. GA- Gypsum Association;www.gypsum.org. 89. GANA-Glass Association of North America;www.glasswebsite.com. 90. GS - Green Seal; www.greenseal.org. ., 91. HI-Hydraulic Institute;www.pumps.org. 92. HI/GAMA-Hydronics Institute/Gas Appliance Manufacturers Association; (See AHRI). 93. HMMA-Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association; (See NAAMM). 94. HPVA-Hardwood Plywood&Veneer Association;www.hpva.org. 95. HPW-H. P. White Laboratory,Inc.;www.hpwhite.com. 96. IAPSC -International Association of Professional Security Consultants;www.iapsc.org. 97. IAS -International Accreditation Service;www.iasonline.org. 98. IAS -International Approval Services; (See CSA). 99. ICBO-International Conference of Building Officials;(See ICC). 100. ICC-International Code Council;www.iccsafe.org. "" 101. ICEA-Insulated Cable Engineers Association,Inc.;www.icea.net. 102. ICPA-International Cast Polymer Alliance;www.icpa-hq.org. 103. ICRI-International Concrete Repair Institute,Inc.;www.icri.org. .. 104. IEC -International Electrotechnical Commission;http://www.iec.ch. 105. IEEE-Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers,Inc. (The);www.ieee.org. 106. IES - Illuminating Engineering Society; (Formerly: Illuminating Engineering Society of North America);www.ies.org. 107. IESNA-Illuminating Engineering Society of North America; (See IES). 108. IEST-Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology;www.iest.org. 109. IGMA- Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance;www.igmaonline.org. 110. IGSHPA - International Ground Source Heat Pump Association; www.igshpa.okstate.edu. 111. ILI-Indiana Limestone Institute of America,Inc.;www.iliai.com. 112. Intertek - Intertek Group; (Formerly: ETL SEMCO; Intertek Testing Service NA); www.intertek.com. 113. ISA - International Society of Automation (The); (Formerly: Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society);www.isa.org. 114. ISAS - Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society(The); (See ISA). 115. ISFA - International Surface Fabricators Association; (Formerly: International Solid Surface Fabricators Association);www.isfanow.org. 116. ISO- International Organization for Standardization;www.iso.org. 117. ISSFA-International Solid Surface Fabricators Association; (See ISFA). 118. ITU-International Telecommunication Union;www.itu.int/home. 119. KCMA-Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association;www.kcma.org. 120. LMA-Laminating Materials Association; (See CPA). 121. LPI-Lightning Protection Institute; www.lightning.org. 122. MBMA- Metal Building Manufacturers Association; www.mbma.com. REFERENCES 014200 - 4 PROJECT#19-22713 I • 1 123. MCA-Metal Construction Association; www.metalconstruction.org. 124. MFMA-Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association,Inc.; www.maplefloor.org. 125. MFMA-Metal Framing Manufacturers Association,Inc.; www.metalframingmfg.org. 126. MHIA-Material Handling Industry of America;www.mhia.org. 127. MIA-Marble Institute of America; www.marble-institute.com. •: 128. MMPA-Moulding&Millwork Producers Association;www.wmmpa.com. 129. MPI -Master Painters Institute; www.paintinfo.com. 130. MSS - Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc.; www.mss-hq.org. 1 131. NAAMM - National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers; www.naamm.org. 132. NACE - NACE International; (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International);www.nace.org. 133. NADCA-National Air Duct Cleaners Association; www.nadca.com. 134. NAIMA-North American Insulation Manufacturers Association;www.naima.org. '"1 135. NBGQA-National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc.;www.nbgqa.com. 136. NBI-New Buildings Institute;www.newbuildings.org. 137. NCAA-National Collegiate Athletic Association(The);www.ncaa.org. 138. NCMA-National Concrete Masonry Association; www.ncma.org. 139. NEBB -National Environmental Balancing Bureau; www.nebb.org. 140. NECA-National Electrical Contractors Association; www.necanet.org. ..y 141. NeLMA-Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association;www.nelma.org. 142. NEMA-National Electrical Manufacturers Association;www.nema.org. 143. NETA-InterNational Electrical Testing Association;www.netaworld.org. 144. NFHS -National Federation of State High School Associations;www.nfhs.org. 145. NFPA-National Fire Protection Association; www.nfpa.org. 146. NFPA-NFPA International; (See NFPA). 147. NFRC -National Fenestration Rating Council; www.nfrc.org. oat 148. NHLA-National Hardwood Lumber Association; www.nhla.com. 149. NLGA-National Lumber Grades Authority;www.nlga.org. 150. NOFMA-National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association; (See NWFA). 151. NOMMA -National Ornamental&Miscellaneous Metals Association; www.nomma.org. 152. NRCA -National Roofing Contractors Association;www.nrca.net. 153. NRMCA-National Ready Mixed Concrete Association;www.nrmca.org. 154. NSF-NSF International; www.nsf.org. 155. NSPE-National Society of Professional Engineers;www.nspe.org. 156. NSSGA-National Stone, Sand& Gravel Association;www.nssga.org. 157. NTMA-National Terrazzo& Mosaic Association,Inc. (The); www.ntma.com. 158. NWFA-National Wood Flooring Association;www.nwfa.org. 159. PCI-Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute;www.pci.org. 160. PDI-Plumbing&Drainage Institute; www.pdionline.org. 161. PLASA - PLASA; (Formerly: ESTA - Entertainment Services and Technology Association); www.plasa.org. 162. RCSC - Research Council on Structural Connections;www.boltcouncil.org. 163. RFCI- Resilient Floor Covering Institute; www.rfci.com. 164. RIS - Redwood Inspection Service;www.redwoodinspection.com. 165. SAE- SAE International; www.sae.org. 166. SCTE- Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers; www.scte.org. 167. SDI- Steel Deck Institute; www.pci.org. 168. SDI - Steel Door Institute; www.steeldoor.org. 169. SEFA- Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association(The); www.sefalabs.com. REFERENCES 014200 - 5 PROJECT#19-22713 170. SEI/ASCE - Structural Engineering Institute/American Society of Civil Engineers; (See ASCE). 171. SIA- Security Industry Association;www.siaonline.org. 172. SJI- Steel Joist Institute;www.steeljoist.org. 173. SMA- Screen Manufacturers Association;www.smainfo.org. 174. SMACNA - Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association; www.smacna.org. 175. SMPTE- Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers;www.smpte.org. 176. SPFA- Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance;www.sprayfoam.org. 177. SPIB- Southern Pine Inspection Bureau;www.spib.org. 178. SPRI- Single Ply Roofing Industry;www.spri.org. - 179. SRCC - Solar Rating&Certification Corporation;www.solar-rating.org. 180. SSINA- Specialty Steel Industry of North America;www.ssina.com. 181. SSPC - SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings; www.sspc.org. 182. STI- Steel Tank Institute;www.steeltank.com. 183. SWI- Steel Window Institute;www.steelwindows.com. 184. SWPA- Submersible Wastewater Pump Association;www.swpa.org. 185. TCA-Tilt-Up Concrete Association;www.tilt-up.org. 186. TCNA- Tile Council of North America,Inc.;www.tileusa.com. 187. TEMA-Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association,Inc.;www.tema.org. 188. TIA - Telecommunications Industry Association (The); (Formerly: TIA/EIA - Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance); www.tiaonline.org. 189. TIA/EIA- Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance; (See TIA). 190. TMS - The Masonry Society;www.masonrysociety.org. 191. TPI- Truss Plate Institute;www.tpinst.org. - 192. TPI-Turfgrass Producers International;www.turfgrasssod.org. 193. TRI-Tile Roofing Institute;www.tileroofing.org. 194. UL-Underwriters Laboratories Inc.;www.ul.com. 195. UNI -Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association;www.uni-bell.org. 196. USAV-USA Volleyball;www.usavolleyball.org. 197. USGBC-U.S. Green Building Council;www.usgbc.org. 198. USITT-United States Institute for Theatre Technology,Inc.;www.usitt.org. 199. WASTEC -Waste Equipment Technology Association;www.wastec.org. _ 200. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau; www.wclib.org. 201. WCMA-Window Covering Manufacturers Association;www.wcmanet.org. 202. WDMA-Window&Door Manufacturers Association;www.wdma.com. 203. WI- Woodwork Institute;www.wicnet.org. 204. WSRCA- Western States Roofing Contractors Association;www.wsrca.com. 205. WWPA- Western Wood Products Association;www.wwpa.org. B. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract �. Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. This information is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. DIN-Deutsches Institut fur Normung e.V.;www.din.de. 2. IAPMO - International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials; www.iapmo.org. 3. ICC-International Code Council;www.iccsafe.org. 4. ICC-ES - ICC Evaluation Service, LLC; www.icc-es.org. REFERENCES 014200 - 6 PROJECT#19-22713 C. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Information is subject to change and is up to date as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. COE-Army Corps of Engineers;www.usace.army.mil. ,,� 2. CPSC-Consumer Product Safety Commission;www.cpsc.gov. 3. DOC - Department of Commerce; National Institute of Standards rind Technology; www.nist.gov. 4. DOD-Department of Defense;www.quicksearch.dla.mil. �" 5. DOE-Department of Energy;www.energy.gov. 6. EPA-Environmental Protection Agency;www.epa.gov. 7. FAA-Federal Aviation Administration; www.faa.gov. 8. FG-Federal Government Publications;www.gpo.gov/fdsys. 9. GSA- General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov. 10. HUD-Department of Housing and Urban Development;www.hud.gov. jrr 11. LBL - Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory; Environmental Energy Technologies j + Division;www.eetd.lbl.gov. 12. OSHA-Occupational Safety&Health Administration; www.osha.gov. 13. SD-Department of State;www.state.gov. 14. TRB - Transportation Research Board; National Cooperative Highway Research Program; The National Academies;www.trb.org. 15. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Agriculture Research Service; U.S. Salinity Laboratory;www.ars.usda.gov. 16. USDA-Department of Agriculture; Rural Utilities Service;www.usda.gov. 17. USDOJ- Department of Justice; Office of Justice Programs;National Institute of Justice; www.ojp.usdoj.gov. 18. USP-U.S. Pharmacopeial Convention;www.usp.org. 19. USPS - United States Postal Service;www.usps.com. Oft D. Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the standards and regulations in the following list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. CFR - Code of Federal Regulations; Available from Government Printing Office; '� www.gpo.gov/fdsys. 2. DOD - Depar lrnent of Defense; Military Specifications and Standards; Available from DLA Document Services;www.quicksearch.dla.mil. 3. DSCC- Defense Supply Center Columbus; (See FS). 4. FED-STD-Federal Standard; (See FS). 5. FS - Federal Specification; Available from DLA Document Services; www.quicksearch.dla.mil. a. Available from Defense Standardization Program;www.dsp.dla.mil. b. Available from General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov. c. Available from National Institute of Building Sciences/Whole Building Design Guide;www.wbdg.org/ccb. 6. MILSPEC -Military Specification and Standards; (See DOD). 7. USAB- United States Access Board;www.access-board.gov. 8. USATBCB - U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board; (See USAB). I REFERENCES 014200- 7 PROJECT#19-22713 E. State Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents,they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. CBHF; State of California; Department of Consumer Affairs; Bureau of Electronic and Appliance Repair,Home Furnishings and Thermal Insulation;www.bearhfti.ca.gov. 2. CCR; California Code of Regulations; Office of Administrative Law; California Title 24 Energy Code;www.calregs.com. 3. CDHS; California Department of Health Services; (See CDPH). 4. CDPH; California Department of Public Health; Indoor Air Quality Program;www.cal- iaq.org. 5. CPUC; California Public Utilities Commission; www.cpuc.ca.gov. 6. SCAQMD; South Coast Air Quality Management District;www.aqmd.gov. 7. TFS; Texas A&M Forest Service; Sustainable Forestry and Economic Development; www.txforestservice.tamu.edu. END OF SECTION 014200 w.. REFERENCES 014200 - 8 PROJECT#19-22713 .� SECTION 015000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY _. A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. 1.3 USE CHARGES A. General: Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities engaged in the Project to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, Architect, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Water and Sewer Service from Existing System: Water from Owner's existing water system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations. C. Electric Power Service from Existing System: Electric power from Owner's existing system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections 1 I and extensions of services as required for construction operations. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA,NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70. B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. 1 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Engage Installer of each permanent service to assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities. 1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 1 PROJECT#19-22713 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Field Offices, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes, temperature controls, and foundations adequate for normal loading. 2.2 EQUIPMENT A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work. 1. Locate facilities to limit site disturbance as specified in Section 011000 "Summary." "' B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. WNW 3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. Water Service: Use of Owner's existing water service facilities will be permitted, as long as . facilities are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use. B. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of • construction personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. C. Electric Power Service: Use of Owner's existing electric power service will be permitted as long ftima as equipment is maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. 3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs,pavement, and utilities. 2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants. B. Parking: Use designated areas of Owner's existing parking areas for construction personnel. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 2 PROJECT#19-22713 C. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water. 1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or adjoining properties or endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities. 2. Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations. D. Project Signs: Provide Project signs as indicated.Unauthorized signs are not permitted. 1. Identification Signs: Provide Project identification signs as indicated on Drawings. 2. Temporary Signs: Provide other signs as indicated and as required to inform public and individuals seeking entrance to Project. .�, a. Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors. 3. Maintain and touch up signs so they are legible at all times. 4. Install Architect's sign as provided by Architect. Attach to project fence or at other location as designated by Architect. At end of project, remove and store for Architect to 0.01 collect. E. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste { from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with progress cleaning requirements in Section 017300 "Execution." F. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel. ++r 1. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities. '11 3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION sis A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation, equipment, structures,utilities, and other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated to be removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities. Ask 1. Where access to adjacent properties is required in order to affect protection of existing facilities, obtain written permission from adjacent property owner to access property for that purpose. B. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air,waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. 1. Comply with work restrictions specified in Section 011000 "Summary." y C. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide measures to prevent soil erosion and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff and airborne dust to undisturbed areas and to adjacent properties and walkways, according to requirements of EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction,whichever is more stringent. I TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 3 PROJECT#19-22713 4 1. Verify that flows of water redirected from construction areas or generated by construction activity do not enter or cross tree- or plant-protection zones. +e— 2. Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion- and sedimentation-control measures during construction until permanent vegetation has been established. 3. Clean, repair, and restore adjoining properties and roads affected by erosion and sedimentation from Project site during the course of Project. 4. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls and restore and stabilize areas disturbed during removal. D. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241;manage fire-prevention program. 1. Prohibit smoking in construction areas. Comply with additional limits on smoking specified in other Sections. 2. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protection program for personnel ftmor at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. 3.5 MOISTURE AND MOLD CONTROL A. Contractor's Moisture-Protection Plan: Describe delivery, handling, storage, installation, and protection provisions for materials subject to water absorption or water damage. 1. Indicate procedures for discarding water-damaged materials, protocols for mitigating water intrusion into completed Work, and replacing water-damaged Work. 2. Indicate sequencing of work that requires water, such as sprayed fire-resistive materials, plastering, and terrazzo grinding, and describe plans for dealing with water from theseVIM operations. Show procedures for verifying that wet construction has dried sufficiently to permit installation of finish materials. 3. Indicate methods to be used to avoid trapping water in finished work. B. Exposed Construction Period: Before installation of weather barriers, when materials are subject to wetting and exposure and to airborne mold spores,protect as follows: 1. Protect porous materials from water damage. 2. Protect stored and installed material from flowing or standing water. 3. Keep porous and organic materials from coming into prolonged contact with concrete. 4. Remove standing water from decks. 5. Keep deck openings covered or dammed. 3.6 OPERATION, TERMINATION,AND REMOVAL A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 4 PROJECT#19-22713 B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. 1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion. D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs. 2. Remove temporary roads and paved areas not intended for or acceptable for integration ..; into permanent construction. Where area is intended for landscape development, remove soil and aggregate fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil. Remove materials contaminated with road oil, asphalt and other petrochemical compounds, and other substances that might impair growth of plant materials or lawns. Repair or replace street paving, curbs, and sidewalks at temporary entrances, as required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures." END OF SECTION 015000 1 I 1 I TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 5 ,.q PROJECT#19-22713 N. SECTION 016000-PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 .1"! PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. "3 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; and comparable products. •w� 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. .•� 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. ,,.4 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved by Architect through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in- service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a single manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis-of-design product," including make or model number or other designation. In addition to the basis-of-design product description, product attributes and characteristics may be listed to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, in-service performance and physical properties, weight, dimension, durability, visual ..� characteristics, and other special features and requirements for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification. C. Subject to Compliance with Requirements: Where the phrase "Subject to compliance with requirements" introduces a product selection procedure in an individual Specification Section, provide products qualified under the specified product procedure. In the event that a named product or product by a named manufacturer does not meet the other requirements of the specifications, select another named product or product from another named manufacturer that does meet the requirements of the specifications. Submit a comparable product request, if applicable. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 1 PROJECT#19-22713 sr 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Comparable Product Request Submittal: Submit request for consideration of each comparable product. Identify basis-of-design product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. Imp 1. Include data to indicate compliance with the requirements specified in "Comparable Products"Article. 2. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a comparable product request. Architect will notify Contractor of approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional IMO information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Form of Architect's Approval of Submittal: As specified in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures." b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a comparable product request within time allocated. B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. ... 1. Each contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods compatible with products and construction methods of other contractors. 2. If a dispute arises between contractors over concurrently selectable but incompatible products,Architect will determine which products shall be used. ... B. Identification of Products: Except for required labels and operating data, do not attach or imprint manufacturer or product names or trademarks on exposed surfaces of products or equipment that will be exposed to view in occupied spaces or on the exterior. 1. Labels: Locate required product labels and stamps on a concealed surface, or, where required for observation following installation, on a visually accessible surface that is not conspicuous. 2. Equipment Nameplates: Provide a permanent nameplate on each item of service- connected or power-operated equipment. Locate on a visually accessible but inconspicuous surface. Include information essential for operation, including the following: a. Name of product and manufacturer. b. Model and serial number. c. Capacity. d. Speed. e. Ratings. 3. See individual identification sections in Divisions 21, 22, 23, and 26 for additional identification requirements. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 2 PROJECT#19-22713 1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Delivery and Handling: 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking,protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to determine that products are undamaged and properly protected. 0.4 C. Storage: 1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. faik 2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground,with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 4. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage. 6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing. 7. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and -- equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner. •r 1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. '' 1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. 2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide Imf specific rights for Owner. B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and „* identification,ready for execution. 1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific infonnation and properly executed. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 3 ,.. PROJECT#19-22713 2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using indicated form properly executed. 3. See other Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures." PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of installation. 1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. 2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. .� 3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties meeting requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection. 5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish salient characteristics of products. 6. Or Equal: For products specified by name and accompanied by the term "or equal," or "or approved equal," or "or approved," comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. a. Submit additional documentation required by Architect in order to establish equivalency of proposed products. Evaluation of"or equal" product status is by the Architect, whose determination is final.B. Product Selection Procedures: 1. Sole Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product, provide the named product that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. a. Sole product may be indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: ..." 2. Sole Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. a. Sole manufacturer/source may be indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance %. with requirements,provide products by the following: ..." PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 4 PROJECT#19-22713 "1 3. Limited List of Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will be considered unless otherwise indicated. a. Limited list of products may be indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following: ..." ,,l% 4. Non-Limited List of Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product,which complies with requirements. a. Non-limited list of products is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated in the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: ..." 5. Limited List of Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will be considered unless otherwise indicated. ,., a. Limited list of manufacturers is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: ..." 6. Non-Limited List of Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a product by an unnamed manufacturer,which complies with requirements. a. Non-limited list of manufacturers is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers whose products may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to,the following: ..." 7. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes,profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers. a. For approval of products by unnamed manufacturers, comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for substitutions for convenience. C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require "match Architect's sample," provide a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches. 1. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for proposal of product. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 5 '141 PROJECT#19-22713 D. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, select a product that complies with requirements. Architect will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items. 2.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Conditions for Consideration of Comparable Products: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: 1. Evidence that proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents, is consistent with the Contract Documents, will produce the indicated results, and is compatible with other portions of the Work. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant product qualities include attributes such as type, function, in-service performance and physical properties, weight, dimension, durability, visual characteristics, and other specific features and requirements. 2. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. +e' 3. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 4. Samples, if requested.B. Submittal Requirements: Approval by the Architect of Contractor's request for use of comparable product is not intended to satisfy other submittal requirements. Comply with specified submittal requirements. END OF SECTION 016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 6 PROJECT#19-22713 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION FORM EMAIL TO PROJECT ARCHITECT: pam.johnsonAis-grp.com ISG 314 E. 4TH STREET- WATERLOO,IA 50703 TEL: (319)234-1515 PROJECT#19-22713: CITY OF WATERLOO WATERLOO PUBLIC LIBRARY EXTERIOR STAIR RENOVATION We hereby submit for your consideration the following product as substitute for specified item for the above project: SECTION PAGE PARAGRAPH/LINE SPECIFIED ITEM �11 Proposed Substitution: Attach complete product description, drawings,photographs,performance and test data, warranty, information and other information necessary for evaluation. Identify specific model numbers, finishes, options,etc. A. Will changes be required to building design or drawing dimensions in order to properly install proposed substitution? Yes No . If yes,explain. B. Will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design,including engineering and drawings costs,caused by requested substitution? Yes No . C. Differences between proposed substitution and specified item. D. What affect does substitution have on other trades? E. Does manufacturer's warranty of the proposed substitution differ from that specified? Yes No . If yes,explain Submitted by: For architect's use only: Signature Accepted P Accepted As Noted Firm Not accepted Received too Late Address By: Date: Date: Remarks: TELEPHONE: FAX: EMAIL: SECTION 017300—EXECUTION 017300 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to,the following: 1. Construction layout. 2. Field engineering and surveying. 3. Installation of the Work. 4. Cutting and patching. 5. Progress cleaning. 6. Starting and adjusting. 7. Protection of installed construction. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of subsequent work. B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to original conditions after installation of subsequent work. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and patching of construction elements. 1. Structural Elements: When cutting and patching structural elements, notify Architect of locations and details of cutting and await directions from Architect before proceeding. Shore, brace, and support structural elements during cutting and patching. Do not cut and 1. 4 patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or increase deflection. 2. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Operational elements include the following: EXECUTION PROJECT#19-22713 017300 1 Ono a. Primary operational systems and equipment. .� b. Fire separation assemblies. c. Air or smoke barriers. d. Fire-suppression systems. .. e. Plumbing piping systems. f. Mechanical systems piping and ducts. g. Control systems. h. Communication systems. i. Fire-detection and-alarm systems. j. Conveying systems. k. Electrical wiring systems. 1. Operating systems of special construction. 3. Other Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements or components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Other construction elements include but are not limited to the following: a. Water,moisture,or vapor barriers. b. Membranes and flashings. c. Exterior curtain-wall construction. d. Sprayed fire-resistive material. e. Equipment supports. f. Piping, ductwork,vessels, and equipment. g. Noise- and vibration-control elements and systems. 4. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on-site manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections. B. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. .. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that,when installed, will provide a match acceptable to Architect for the visual and functional performance of in-place materials. ... EXECUTION 017300 -2 PROJECT#19-22713 PART 3-EXECUTION mot 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities,mechanical and electrical systems, and other construction affecting the Work. 1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; underground electrical services; "1 and other utilities. 2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site. B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. 1. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. 2. Examine walls and floors for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed. ...� 3. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. C. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the followin g: 1. Description of the Work. 2. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates. 3. List of unacceptable installation tolerances. 4. Recommended corrections. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to local utility that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction. B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. EXECUTION PROJECT#19-22713 017300- 3 C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown .. diagrammatically on Drawings. D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect according to requirements in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination." 3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Architect promptly.B. General: Engage a professional engineer to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices. .. 1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project. 2. Establish limits on use of Project site. 3. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required dimensions. 4. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply. ►- 5. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses. 6. Notify Architect when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable tolerances. 7. Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard established by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, grading, fill and topsoil placement,utility slopes, and rim and invert elevations. D. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and electrical work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels. Level foundations and piers from two or more locations. E. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by Architect. ti.. 3.4 FIELD ENGINEERING A. Identification: Owner will identify existing benchmarks, control points,and property corners. B. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control `.., points during construction operations. EXECUTION 017300 -4 PROJECT#19-22713 1. Do not change or relocate existing benchmarks or control points without prior written approval of Architect. Report lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks or control points promptly. Report the need to relocate permanent benchmarks or control points to Architect before proceeding. 2. Replace lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks and control points promptly. Base replacements on the original survey control points. C. Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on Project site, referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for type and size of benchmark. 1. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents. 2. Where the actual location or elevation of layout points cannot be marked, provide temporary reference points sufficient to locate the Work. 3. Remove temporary reference points when no longer needed.Restore marked construction to its original condition. 3.5 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. 1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated. 0.4 4. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 96 inches in occupied spaces and 90 inches in unoccupied spaces. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated. C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or .1 loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy. E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on site and placement in permanent locations. F. Tools and Equipment: Where possible, select tools or equipment that minimize production of excessive noise levels. G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other portions of the Work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements. 1 EXECUTION PROJECT#19-22713 017300 5 H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions. 1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect. 2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. 3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings,templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to .... Project site in time for installation. I. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. J. Repair or remove and replace damaged, defective,or nonconforming Work. 1. Comply with Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for repairing or removing and replacing defective Work. 3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. 1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition. ;r B. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during installation or cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. C. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut. D. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. E. Adjacent Occupied Areas: Where interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas is unavoidable, coordinate cutting and patching according to requirements in Section 011000 "Summary." F. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting to minimize interruption to occupied areas. EXECUTION 017300 - 6 PROJECT#19-22713 G. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or "4 adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Concrete: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill. 4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Sections where required by cutting and patching operations. 5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. 6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. H. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations --4 following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as practicable. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections,where applicable. • 1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate physical integrity of installation. 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize evidence of patching and refinishing. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint, mortar, oils u p tty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces. 3.7 PROGRESS CLEANING A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully. 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F. 3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations. a. Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored. 11 4. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where Contractor and other contractors are working concurrently. B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. EXECUTION 017300 - 7 ..,� PROJECT#19-22713 C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate. D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. .. E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure i.. freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. G. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste materials down sewers or into waterways. Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to ensure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful,dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. K. If cleaning is not done according to the above schedule,the Architect may direct the Owner and or other agencies to perform such cleaning and the prime contractors will each pay up to $20 per hour for such work. 3.8 STARTING AND ADJUSTING A. Coordinate startup and adjusting of equipment and operating components with requirements in Section 019113 "General Commissioning Requirements." B. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest. C. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. D. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. E. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements." EXECUTION 017300 - 8 —` PROJECT#19-22713 1 } I { 3.9 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. ..z B. Protection of Existing Items: Provide protection and ensure that existing items to remain undisturbed by construction are maintained in condition that existed at commencement of the Work. C. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative h p humidity. END OF SECTION 017300 ami ti 1 i { ..f I i EXECUTION "'1 PROJECT#19-22713 017300 9 r.. mom SECTION 017310-CUTTING AND PATCHING 017310 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other Work. B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions after installation of other Work. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural Elements: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio. B. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Operating elements include the following: 1. Primary operational systems and equipment. 2. Electrical wiring systems. C. Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch miscellaneous elements or related components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their ,..� capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Miscellaneous elements include the following: 1. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers. 2. Membranes and flashings. 3. Exterior curtain-wall construction. 4. Equipment supports. 5. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment. 6. Noise-and vibration-control elements and systems. w j CUTTING AND PATCHING 017310- 1 ..! PROJECT#19-22713 D. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually .. unsatisfactory manner. E. Cutting and Patching Conference: Before proceeding, meet at Project site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential •- interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during cutting and patching operations,by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections. B. In-Place Materials: Use materials identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that,when installed, will match the visual and functional performance of in-place materials. IMEE PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to be performed. 1. Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with in-place finishes or primers. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION • A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut. B. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. CUTTING AND PATCHING 017310- 2 PROJECT#19-22713 C. Adjoining Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. D. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting to minimize interruption to occupied areas. 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. 1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1 1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a j *'1 diamond-core drill. 4. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent a.., entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. 5. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. C. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing,refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections. 1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate integrity of installation. 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. 3. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weathertight condition. P1 CUTTING AND PATCHING 017310 - 3 '"f PROJECT#19-22713 it D. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils,putty, and similar materials. END OF SECTION 017310 CUTTING AND PATCHING 017310 -4 PROJECT#19-22713 r., SECTION 017700- CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to,the following: 1. Substantial Completion procedures. 2. Final completion procedures. 3. Warranties. 4. Final cleaning. 5. Repair of the Work. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of cleaning agent. B. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion C. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at final completion. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction. B. Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage. 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For maintenance material submittal items specified in other Sections. 1 1.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES 1 A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES •.� 017700 PROJECT#19-22713 1 1 B. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days `, prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below `I that are incomplete at time of request. , 1. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits,operating certificates,and similar releases. 2. Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including project 110. j record documents, operation and maintenance manuals, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys,and similar final record information. 3. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Sections, including specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar g documents. 4. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Sections, including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by Architect. Label with manufacturer's name and model number. a. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: Prepare and submit schedule of maintenance material submittal items, including name and quantity of each item and name and number of related Specification Section. Obtain Architect's and/or Owner's signature for receipt of submittals. 5. Submit testing, adjusting, and balancing records. 6. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance. C. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 2. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. _ 3. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment. 4. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial Completion. 5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. 6. Advise Owner of changeover in utility services. 7. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 8. Complete final cleaning requirements. 9. Touch up paint and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate L.. visual defects. D. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of 10 days prior to date the Work will be completed and ready for final inspection and ►.. tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect,that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 017700- 2 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PROJECT#19-22713 f 1. Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 0..4 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion. ,,,, 1.7 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion, complete the following: 1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Section 012900 "Payment Procedures." 2. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been r. completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. — 4. All trailers, access roads, construction signs, unused, broken or demolition materials have been removed from the site and the premises returned to the original condition in the opinion of the Architect. 5. Lien waiver or Final Release of Claim Form from General Contractor. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On �` receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate "n will be issued. I. Request reinspection when the Work identified inprevious inspections p ons as incomplete is 7completed or corrected. 2. If additional visits are required because the work has not been completed satisfactorily, the Architect (also the Engineer for Mechanical and Electrical Contracts), will bill the j Owner for these visits, and this cost will be deducted from the Contractor's final payment. The cost of these visits will be figured at our current hourly rate from the Architect's office to the site and back again, plus mileage for that travel at the current allowed IRS rate per mile. An equal allowance will be allowed for the Engineer from their office. 1 1.8 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) �' A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order. 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, 1 individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 -3 PROJECT#19-22713 3. Include the following information at the top of each page: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Page number. 4. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format: a. MS Excel electronic file. Architect will return annotated file. Imo b. PDF electronic file. Architect will return annotated file. c. Web-based project software upload. Utilize software feature for creating and updating list of incomplete items(punch list). Imo d. Three paper copies. Architect will return two copies. 1.9 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work where warranties are indicated to commence on dates other than date of Substantial Completion, or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit Owner's rights under warranty. B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion of designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during construction period by separate agreement with Contractor. C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of Project Manual. D. Warranty Electronic File: Provide warranties and bonds in PDF format. Assemble complete warranty and bond submittal package into a single electronic PDF file with bookmarks enabling navigation to each item. Provide bookmarked table of contents at beginning of document. 1. Submit on digital media acceptable to Architect or by email to Architect. E. Warranties in Paper Form: 1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-I1-inch paper. 2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer. 3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name,and name of Contractor. 4. Submit to Architect for approval. F. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 4 PROJECT#19-22713 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. 1. Use cleaning products that comply with Green Seal's GS-37, or if GS-37 is not applicable, use products that comply with the California Code of Regulations maximum allowable VOC levels. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated portion of Project: a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances. b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. •"` c. Rake grounds that are not planted, mulched, or paved to a smooth, even-textured surface. d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building. f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. h. Remove labels that are not permanent. i. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. j. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 5 PROJECT#19-22713 C. Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." 3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK A. Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion. B. Repair, or remove and replace, defective construction. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be repaired or restored, provide replacements. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction and permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. 1. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass, reflective surfaces, and other damaged transparent materials. 2. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred or exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that that already show evidence of repair or restoration. a. Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. Remove paint applied to required labels and identification. 3. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede operation or reduce longevity. �• 4. Replace burned-out bulbs, bulbs noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures. END OF SECTION 017700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 6 PROJECT#19-22713 SECTION 017823-OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following: 1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory manuals. 2. Product maintenance manuals. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular interaction. B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system. 7 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Submit operation and maintenance manuals indicated. Provide content for each manual as specified in individual Specification Sections, and as reviewed and approved at the time of Section submittals. Submit reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by this Section. 1. Architect will comment on whether content of operation and maintenance submittals is acceptable. 2. Where applicable, clarify and update reviewed manual content to correspond to revisions and field conditions. B. Format: Submit operation and maintenance manuals in the following format: 1. Submit on digital media acceptable to Architect or by email to Architect. Enable reviewer comments on draft submittals. AND/OR ...� 2. Submit three paper copies.Architect will return two copies. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 1 —1 PROJECT#19-22713 i' ' Nom C. Final Manual Submittal: Submit each manual in final form prior to requesting inspection for Substantial Completion and at least 15 days before commencing demonstration and training. Architect will return copy with comments. 1. Correct or revise each manual to comply with Architect's comments. Submit copies of each corrected manual within 15 days of receipt of Architect's comments and prior to commencing demonstration and training. D. Comply with Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation. 1.5 FORMAT OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Manuals, Paper Copy: Submit manuals in the form of hard-copy,bound and labeled volumes. 1. Binders: Heavy-duty,three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper; with clear plastic sleeve on spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded oversize sheets. a. If two or more binders are necessary to accommodate data of a system, organize data in each binder into groupings by subsystem and related components. Cross- reference other binders if necessary to provide essential information for proper operation or maintenance of equipment or system. b. Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name, and subject matter of contents.Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets. 2. Dividers: Heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section of the manual. Mark each tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification Section number and title of Project Manual. 3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic software storage media for computerized electronic equipment. Enclose title pages and directories in clear plastic sleeves. 4. Supplementary Text: Prepared on 8-1/2-by-1 1-inch white bond paper. Immm 5. Drawings: Attach reinforced,punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text. a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and use as foldouts. b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in 6.- manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents, and drawing locations. L !; 2 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - { PROJECT#19-22713 � I 1.6 REQUIREMENTS FOR OPERATION,AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Organization of Manuals: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed: 1. Title page. 2. Table of contents. 3. Manual contents. B. Title Page: Include the following information: 1. Subject matter included in manual. 2. Name and address of Project. 3. Name and address of Owner. _ 4. Date of submittal. 5. Name and contact information for Contractor. 6. Name and contact information for Architect. 7. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals. C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual. 1. If operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one volume to accommodate data, include comprehensive table of contents for all volumes in each volume of the set. D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single binder. E. Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual, identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with same designation used in the Contract Documents. If no designation exists, assign a designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4, "Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building I Systems." 1.7 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material,and finish incorporated into the Work. B. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below. C. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 3 PROJECT#19-22713 D. Product Information:Include the following, as applicable: 1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Color, pattern, and texture. 4. Material and chemical composition. 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products. E. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. 3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. 4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. 5. Repair instructions. F. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services. G. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. END OF SECTION 017823 Imo 6 L two OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 -4 PROJECT#19-22713 moo SECTION 017839-PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record documents, including the following: 1. Record Drawings. 2. Record Specifications. 3. Record Product Data. 4. Miscellaneous record submittals. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following: 1. Number of Copies: Submit one set(s)of marked-up record prints. B. Record Specifications: Submit one paper copy of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications. C. Record Product Data: Submit one paper copy of each submittal. 1. Where record Product Data are required as part of operation and maintenance manuals, submit duplicate marked-up Product Data as a component of manual. 1.4 RECORD DRAW INGS A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are issued. 1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked-up record prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. e. Cross-reference record prints to corresponding photographic documentation. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 1 PROJECT#19-22713 2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dimensional changes to Drawings. b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. c. Depths of foundations. d. Locations and depths of underground utilities. e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. f. Revisions to electrical circuitry. g. Actual equipment locations. h. Duct size and routing. i. Locations of concealed internal utilities. j. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. k. Changes made following Architect's written orders. 1. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically. 3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked-up record prints. 4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish Imo between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. 5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification,where applicable. B. Format: Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. 1. Record Prints: Organize record prints into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets.Include identification on cover sheets. 2. Format:Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled. 3. Record Digital Data Files: Organize digital data information into separate electronic files that correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Name each file with the sheet identification.Include identification in each digital data file. 4. Identification: As follows: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS." d. Name of Architect. e. Name of Contractor. h- 1.5 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications,addenda, and contract modifications. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 2 PROJECT#19-22713 i y 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected. 3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to provide a record of selections made. 4. For each principal product, indicate whether record Product Data has been submitted in operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as record Product Data. 5. Note related Change Orders, record Product Data,and record Drawings where applicable. B. Format: Submit record Specifications as annotated PDF electronic file. 1.6 RECORD PRODUCT DATA -m A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project record document purposes. Post changes and revisions to project record documents as they occur; do not wait until end of Project. B. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation. 3. Note related Change Orders, record Specifications, and record Drawings where applicable. "T 1 C. Format: Submit record Product Data as paper copy. 1. Include record Product Data directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of record Product Data. 1.7 MAINTENANCE OF RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintenance of Record Documents: Store record documents in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours. END OF SECTION 017839 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 3 PROJECT#19-22713 a i i i 1 i i i i i i i i • • s. • ' -• ';',4,'•--, '. -•'-....1..1.17-1-'-'.::-.,,,_ 'ill' lit• • ' : ' I _ , ...,„„ . .. . .. .. ..., .... .„,,,„. .,._ _. _ . . ..,..„ ..,..... „. .,. . . . .,.. . ....,„ . . . . . . . . _ .. .,.• :,.. ., ...,..„...„--„.....,.„.„:„„:__„-_,,,,•_:„ _ , . ..,,.„ ....,, :.._ . „ . . . • . _ _._ •• _ . . • .. ,...... ..,. . . . . . ... .. _ . .. , _...... . „ , . :. , ,..._...•..„.__,_,,.:_„:„.„,„,„„„......„...„_....,_ . ... ....._. , ....... .....„.., •,,,..,.. ... .„:„. ....,, . .„. _ , _ „ ,„„..,. . . . . „....,,,. .,. .•• _•,.•_...,„•••,,,,....„,,,,,:•,,,,s_-_„.„...„,,, . . _ _ • -,. •• :„. ........„.„...., ,, -,, •„••,-_, . _ ... „,„ .„..._ ..,„......, ,, , ,. . . • „_ ,':' '-'--.; .... ,.".-'-'' a . . , , _ ..., .„,„..., . „„:„„ . ._.. .. . • ,...• . . . .. ,,,, .„_ . ,, .. . . . _ . . .. .. „ _ ... _ ... ._ _„...,,,,,,,, „. „ .. „ . .,.. .,.... _ . • , „ . _ __ , „.. ,,,,...,. . ... . . .. . .. . .. 1 '^_ SECTION 03 3000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Concrete formwork. B. Floors and slabs on grade. C. Concrete foundation walls. D. Concrete reinforcement. E. Joint devices associated with concrete work. F. Concrete curing. G. Concrete finishing. 1. Floor surfaces to be left exposed. -� 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07 9200 -Joint Sealants: Products and installation for sealants and joint fillers for saw cut joints and isolation joints in slabs. ` 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ACI 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete; 1991 (Reapproved 2009). B. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete; 2010 (Errata 2012). C. ACI 302.1R - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction; 2004 (Errata 2007). D. ACI 302.2R - Guide for Concrete Slabs that Receive Moisture-Sensitive Flooring Materials E. ACI 304R - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete; 2000. F. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting; 2010. G. ACI 306R - Cold Weather Concreting; 2010. H. ACI 308R -Guide to Curing Concrete; 2001 (Reapproved 2008). I. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary: 2011. J. ASTM A615/A615M -Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement; 2016. K. ASTM C1602/C1602M - Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in the Production of Hydraulic Cement Concrete; 2012. L. ASTM C33/C33M - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates; 2016. M. ASTM C39/C39M - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens; 2016b. N. ASTM C94/C94M - Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete; 2015. ., O. ASTM C109/C109M - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2-in. or (50-mm) Cube Specimens); 2016a. P. ASTM C150/C150M - Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2016. _. Q. ASTM C171 - Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete; 2016. R. ASTM C173/C173M - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method; 2014. S. ASTM C260/C260M - Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete; 2010a. T. ASTM C618 - Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete; 2015. U. ASTM C685/C685M - Standard Specification for Concrete Made by Volumetric Batching and Continuous Mixing; 2014. V. ASTM C979/C979M - Standard Specification for Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete; 2010. Project No. 19-22713 Section 03 3000 - Page 1 of 6 '"' Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications W. ASTM C1059/C1059M -Standard Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to —' Hardened Concrete; 2013. X. ASTM C1240- Standard Specification for Silica Fume Used in Cementitious Mixtures; 2014. Y. ASTM E1155 - Standard Test Method for Determining F(F) Floor Flatness and F(L) Floor Levelness Numbers; 1996 (Reapproved 2008). Z. ASTM E1643- Standard Practice for Selection, Design, Installation and Inspection of Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs; 2011. AA. ASTM E1745 -Standard Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs; 2011. — 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturers' data on manufactured products showing compliance with specified requirements and installation instructions. C. Mix designs: Submit mix design for each mix showing compliance with specified requirements. D. Test Reports: Submit report for each test or series of tests specified.E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: For concrete accessories, indicate installation procedures and interface required with adjacent construction. F. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of embedded utilities and components that will be concealed from view upon completion of concrete work. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work of this section in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318. — B. Follow recommendations of ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather. C. Follow recommendations of ACI 306R when concreting during cold weather. — PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FORMWORK A. Form Materials: Contractor's choice of standard products with sufficient strength to withstand _ hydrostatic head without distortion in excess of permitted tolerances. 1. Form Facing for Exposed Finish Concrete: Contractor's choice of materials that will provide smooth, stain-free final appearance. 2. Form Coating: Release agent that will not adversely affect concrete or interfere with application of coatings. 3. Form Ties: Contractor's choice of standard product type that will leave no metal within 1-1/2 inches of concrete surface. -- 2.02 REINFORCEMENT MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60 (60,000 psi). 1. Type: Deformed billet-steel bars. — 2. Finish: Unfinished, unless otherwise indicated. B. Reinforcement Accessories: 1. Tie Wire: Annealed, minimum 16 gage, 0.0508 inch.2. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for adequate support of reinforcement during concrete placement. 3. Do not use clay bricks or similar blocks/chunks of material as rebar chairs. Concrete dobies as rebar chairs are acceptable. 2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM C150/C150M, Type I - Normal Portland type.1. Acquire cement for entire project from same source. B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33/C33M. 1. Acquire aggregates for entire project from same source. 2. Provide aggregate free of shale at all slab locations exposed to freeze/thaw action. C. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C or F. Project No. 19-22713 Section 03 3000 - Page 2 of 6 _ Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications D. Calcined Pozzolan: ASTM C618, Class N. E. Silica Fume: ASTM C1240, proportioned in accordance with ACI 211.1. F. Color Additives: Pure, concentrated mineral pigments specifically intended for mixing into concrete and complying with ASTM C979/C979M. 1. Color(s): To compliment existing concrete as selected by Architect from manufactuer's full range of colors. 2. Manufacturers: a. Butterfield Color: www.butterfieldcolor.com/#sle. b. Davis Colors: www.daviscolors.com/#sle. c. Euclid Chemical Company: www.euclidchemical.com/#sle. d. Lambert Corporation: www.lambertusa.com/#sle. -- e. L.M. Scofield Company: www.scofield.com/#sle. f. Laticrete L&M: www.laticrete.com. g. Solomon Colors: www.solomoncolors.com/#sle. h. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. G. Water: ASTM C1602/C1602M; clean, potable, and not detrimental to concrete. 2.04 ADMIXTURES A. Chemical Admixture: 1. Manufacturers by concrete supplier: a. BASF: www.basf.com. _ b. Grace Construction Products: www.grace.com. c. Fritz-Pak: www.fritzpak.com. d. Mapei GRT: www.mapei.com. e. Sika Corporation U.S.: www.sika.com. f. Euclid Chemical: www.euclidchemical.com. g. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. B. Do not use chemicals that will result in soluble chloride ions in excess of 0.1 percent by weight of cement. C. Admixtures shall comply with ASTM C494. D. Air Entrainment Admixture: ASTM C260/C260M. 2.05 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Non-Shrink Cementitious Grout: Premixed compound consisting of non-metallic aggregate, cement, water reducing and plasticizing agents. 1. Minimum Compressive Strength at 48 Hours: 2,000 pounds per square inch. 2. Minimum Compressive Strength at 28 Days: 7,000 pounds per square inch. B. Non-Shrink Epoxy Grout: Moisture-insensitive, two-part; consisting of epoxy resin, non-metallic aggregate, and activator. 2.06 BONDING AND JOINTING PRODUCTS A. Latex Bonding Agent: Non-redispersible acrylic latex, complying with ASTM C1059 Type II. 1. Manufacturers: a. SpecChem, LLC; Strong Bond Acrylic Bonder: www.specchemllc.com/#sle. b. W. R. Meadows, Inc; ACRY-LOK-: www.wrmeadows.com/#sle. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. B. Expansion-Joint Filler: Polyethylene/polypropylene semi-rigid closed-cell backing complying with ASTM D 3575/ASTM D 8139/ASTM D 1751, 1/2 inch thick and full depth of slab less 1/2 inch with peel-off feature. Provide product by BASF Construction Chemicals-Building Systems, W.R. Meadows, Namaco, or equivalent. 1. Place peel-off feature at top of slab when sealants are specified. Remove peel-off portion of expansion-joint filler prior to application of sealants. 2. Place peel off feature at bottom of slab when no sealants are specified. 2.07 CURING MATERIALS A. Moisture-Retaining Sheet: ASTM C171. Project No. 19-22713 Section 03 3000 - Page 3 of 6 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications 1. White-burlap-polyethylene sheet, weighing not less than 3.8 ounces per square yard. 2.08 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN A. Proportioning Normal Weight Concrete: Comply with ACI 211.1 recommendations. B. Concrete Strength: Establish required average strength for each type of concrete on the basis of field experience or trial mixtures, as specified in ACI 301. 1. For trial mixtures method, employ independent testing agency acceptable to Architect for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. C. Admixtures: Add acceptable admixtures as recommended in ACI 211.1 and at rates recommended or required by manufacturer. D. Materials In General: Do not use materials or combinations thereof that will result in a reaction -- that is detrimental to the structural integrity or visual appearance of concrete. E. Normal Weight Concrete: Refer to structural notes on the drawings. 2.09 MIXING A. On Project Site: Mix in drum type batch mixer, complying with ASTM C685/C685M. Mix each batch not less than 1-1/2 minutes and not more than 5 minutes. 1. Colored Concrete: Add pigments in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions to achieve consistent color from batch to batch. B. Transit Mixers: Comply with ASTM C94/C94M. C. Adding Water: If concrete arrives on-site with slump less than suitable for placement, do not add water that exceeds the maximum water-cement ratio or exceeds the maximum permissible slump. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify lines, levels, and dimensions before proceeding with work of this section. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Formwork: Comply with requirements of ACI 301. Design and fabricate forms to support all applied loads until concrete is cured, and for easy removal without damage to concrete. B. Verify that forms are clean and free of rust before applying release agent. C. Coordinate placement of embedded items with erection of concrete formwork and placement of form accessories. D. Where new concrete is to be bonded to previously placed concrete, prepare existing surface by cleaning and applying bonding agent in according to bonding agent manufacturer's instructions. 1. Use latex bonding agent only for non-load-bearing applications. _ E. In locations where new concrete is doweled to existing work, drill holes in existing concrete, insert steel dowels and pack solid with non-shrink grout. F. Interior Slabs on Grade: Install vapor retarder under interior slabs on grade. Lap joints minimum 6 inches. Seal joints, seams and penetrations watertight with manufacturer's recommended products and follow manufacturer's written instructions. Repair damaged vapor retarder before covering. 3.03 INSTALLING REINFORCEMENT AND OTHER EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Comply with requirements of ACI 301. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, and accurately position, support, and secure in place to achieve not less than minimum concrete coverage required for protection. 3.04 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 304R. _ B. Place concrete for floor slabs in accordance with ACI 302.1R. C. Finish floors level and flat, unless otherwise indicated, within the tolerances specified below. 3.05 SLAB JOINTING A. Locate joints as indicated on drawings. Project No. 19-22713 Section 03 3000 - Page 4 of 6 _ Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications 1. If no pattern is shown, contractor shall provide for 15 by 15 feet saw cut areas and shall contact Engineer for exact locations of joints. B. Anchor joint fillers and devices to prevent movement during concrete placement. C. Isolation Joints: Use preformed joint filler with removable top section for joint sealant, total height equal to thickness of slab, set flush with top of slab. 1. Install wherever necessary to separate slab from other building members, including columns, walls, equipment foundations, footings, stairs, manholes, sumps, and drains. D. Saw Cut Contraction Joints: Saw cut joints before concrete begins to cool, within 24 hours after placing; use 3/16 inch thick blade and cut at least 1 inch deep but not less than one quarter (1/4) the depth of the slab. 1. Do not exceed 2 inches deep when/if slab thicknesses are greater than 8 inches. E. Construction Joints: Where not otherwise indicated, use metal combination screed and key form, with removable top section for joint sealant. 3.06 FLOOR FLATNESS AND LEVELNESS TOLERANCES A. Refer to structural notes on the drawings. 3.07 CONCRETE FINISHING A. Repair surface defects, including tie holes, immediately after removing formwork. B. Unexposed Form Finish: Rub down or chip off fins or other raised areas 1/4 inch or more in height. — C. Exposed Form Finish: Rub down or chip off and smooth fins or other raised areas 1/4 inch or more in height. Provide the following finishes only where/when indicated on the drawings: 1. Grout Cleaned Finish: Wet areas to be cleaned and apply grout mixture by brush or spray; scrub immediately to remove excess grout. After drying, rub vigorously with clean burlap, and keep moist for 36 hours. D. Concrete Slabs: Finish to requirements of ACI 302.1R, and as follows: 1. Other Surfaces to Be Left Exposed: Trowel as described in ACI 302.1R, minimizing burnish marks and other appearance defects. a. Installation of sealant is recommended prior to installation of floor sealers to prevent the need for cleaning of saw cut joints for proper sealant adhesion. b. Chemical Curer/Sealer/Dustproofer/Hardener(When Applicable): Apply product per manufacturer's instructions after curing and protection procedures are complete. 1) Acceptable Product: Laticrete; www.laticrete.com: (a) Laticrete: www.laticrete.com. (b) Product: L&M Dress & Seal; Acrylic Cure, Sealer, and Dustproofer. (1) Location: Storage/mechanical/exposed areas not to receive other finishes. (c) Product: L&M Seal Hard; Concrete Sealer, Densifier, Chemical Hardener. (1) Location: Garage/shop/warehouse type areas. 2) Other Acceptable Manufacturers: (a) Dayton Superior Corporation: www.daytonsuperior.com. (b) BASF Construction Chemicals-Building Systems: www.buildingsystems.basf.com. (c) Ashford Formula by Curecrete Distribution, Inc: www.ashfordformula.com. -- (d) L.M. Scofield Company: www.scofield.com. (e) The Euclid Chemical Company: www.euclidchemical.com. 3) Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. E. At exterior slabs, aprons, and other horizontal locations provide a light broom finish. 3.08 CURING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with requirements of ACI 308R. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. B. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete. C. Surfaces Not in Contact with Forms: Project No. 19-22713 Section 03 3000 - Page 5 of 6 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications 1. Initial Curing: Start as soon as free water has disappeared and before surface is dry. — Keep continuously moist for not less than 7 days by saturated burlap unless noted otherwise. a. Saturated Burlap: Saturate burlap-polyethylene and place burlap-side down over floor slab areas, lapping ends and sides; maintain in place. 2. Final Curing: Begin after initial curing but before surface is dry. 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. An independent testing agency will perform field quality control tests, as specified in Section 01 4000 -Quality Requirements. B. Provide free access to concrete operations at project site and cooperate with appointed firm. C. Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to Architect for review prior to commencement of concrete operations. D. Refer to Section 01 3510 -Structural Testing and Special Inspection Requirements for testing requirements. 3.10 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A. Test Results: The testing agency shall report test results in writing to Architect and Contractor within 24 hours of test. B. Defective Concrete: Concrete not complying with required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances or specified requirements. 1. Concrete damaged by the construction activities required to complete the Work of this section shall also be considered defective concrete. C. Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by the Architect. The cost of additional testing shall be borne by Contractor when defective concrete is identified. D. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace exposed concrete except upon express direction of Architect for each individual area. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-22713 Section 03 3000 - Page 6 of 6 Waterloo Library - Stair Mondifications SECTION 05 5213 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Stair railings and guardrails. B. Free-standing railings at steps. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 3000 -Cast-in-Place Concrete: Placement of anchors in concrete. B. Section 09 9113 - Exterior Painting: Paint finish. -- 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AISC 201 -AISC Certification Program for Structural Steel Fabricators, Standard for Steel Building Structures; 2006. B. ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless; 2012. C. ASTM A500/A500M - Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon -- Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes; 2013. D. AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination; 2012. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. 1. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.4 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural Designer Qualifications: Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed in the State in which the Project is located, or personnel under direct supervision of such an engineer. " B. Fabricator Qualifications: 1. A qualified steel fabricator that is certified by the American Institute for Steel Construction (AISC) under AISC 201. — PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 RAILINGS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Design, fabricate, and test railing assemblies in accordance with the most stringent requirements of applicable local code. B. Allow for expansion and contraction of members and building movement without damage to connections or members. C. Dimensions: See drawings for configurations and heights. D. Provide anchors and other components as required to attach to structure, made of same materials as railing components unless otherwise indicated; where exposed fasteners are unavoidable provide flush countersunk fasteners. E. Provide welding fittings to join lengths, seal open ends, and conceal exposed mounting bolts and nuts, including but not limited to elbows, T-shapes, splice connectors, flanges, escutcheons, and wall brackets. 2.02 STEEL RAILING SYSTEM A. Steel Tube: ASTM A500/A500M, Grade B cold-formed structural tubing. B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Grade B Schedule 40, black finish. C. Welding Fittings: Factory-or shop-welded from matching pipe or tube; seams continuously welded;joints and seams ground smooth. Project No. 19-22713 Section 05 5213 - Page 1 of 2 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications D. Exposed Fasteners: No exposed bolts or screws. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Accurately form components to suit specific project conditions and for proper connection to building structure. B. Fit and shop assemble components in largest practical sizes for delivery to site. C. Fabricate components with joints tightly fitted and secured. Provide spigots and sleeves to accommodate site assembly and installation. D. Welded Joints: 1. Exterior Components: Continuously seal joined pieces by continuous welds. 2. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. 2.04 CONCRETE ANCHORING SYSTEMS A. Approved Manufacturers/Products: 1. HILTI: www.us.hilti.com. 2. MiTek: www.mitek-us.com. 3. Powers: www.powers.com. 4. Red Head: www.itwredhead.com. 5. Simpson Strong-Tie: www.strongtie.com. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is required. B. Supply items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry with setting templates, —. for installation as work of other sections. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install components plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects, with tight joints. C. Anchor railings securely to structure. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch per floor level, non-cumulative. B. Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch. C. Maximum Out-of-Position: 1/4 inch. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-22713 Section 05 5213 - Page 2 of 2 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications SECTION 07 1900 WATER REPELLENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES — A. Water repellents applied to exterior masonry, stone, and concrete surfaces. 1.02 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene a meeting at least one week prior to starting work; require attendance of affected installers; invite Architect and Owner. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide product description. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures and conditions requiring special attention; cautionary procedures required during application. D. Manufacturer's qualification statement. E. Installer's qualification statement. — F. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Report whether manufacturer's "best practices" are being followed; if not, state corrective recommendations. G. Manufacturer shall stand behind installed system for period of 10 years from Date of Substantial Completion against all the conditions indicated below. When notified in writing from Owner, Manufacturer shall, promptly and without inconvenience and cost to Owner correct said deficiencies. 1. Loss of water repellency: As stated by product below. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section, with not less than five years documented experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of type specified and with at least five years of documented experience C. Obtain approval to perform installation from specified product's sales manager 5 days prior to start of the Work of this section. Obtain approval of test patch. Pay required registration fees. 1.05 FIELD CONDITIONS --- A. Protect liquid materials from freezing. B. Do not apply water repellent when ambient temperature is lower than 50 degrees F or higher than 100 degrees F. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Water Repellent: Non-glossy, colorless, penetrating, water-vapor-permeable, non-yellowing sealer, that dries invisibly leaving appearance of substrate unchanged. 1. Applications: Vertical surfaces. 2. Number of Coats: One. -- 3. Maintains dry appearance when wetted. 4. Products: Silane, siloxane, silane-siloxane blend, or siliconate that reacts chemically with concrete and masonry; minimum 40 percent nonvolatile content by weight. a. Evonik Industries; Protectosil Chem-Trete 40 VOC 1) Application Type: Use at exterior concrete walls and exterior concrete flatwork; application locations shall include all new work and adjacent concrete surfaces within 48" or nearest control/expansion joint. 2) Warranty: Loss of water repellency: Brick Masonry: 1.0 mil/20 minutes or greater (80 mph wind driven rain equivalent). b. Substitutions: Not permitted. Project No. 19-22713 Section 07 1900 - Page 1 of 2 — Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify joint sealants are installed and cured. B. Verify surfaces to be coated are dry, clean, and free of efflorescence, oil, or other matter detrimental to application of water repellent. 3.02 PREPARATION _ A. Protection of Adjacent Work: 1. Protect adjacent landscaping, property, and vehicles from drips and overspray. 2. Protect adjacent surfaces not intended to receive water repellent. B. Prepare surfaces to be coated as recommended by water repellent manufacturer for best results. C. Do not start work until masonry mortar and concrete substrate is cured a minimum of product manufacturers recommended number of days. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Apply water repellent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, using procedures and application methods recommended as producing the best results. B. Apply one coat minimum to building surfaces and two coats at exterior slabs. C. Remove water repellent from unintended surfaces immediately by a method instructed by water repellent manufacturer. D. Provide manufacturer's field service representative to inspect preparation and application work continuously during entire application period to ensure that manufacturer's"best practices" for preparation and application are being followed. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-22713 Section 07 1900 - Page 2 of 2 _ Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications SECTION 07 9200 JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Nonsag gunnable joint sealants. B. Self-leveling pourable joint sealants. C. Joint backings and accessories. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C920- Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2014. B. ASTM C1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants; 2013. C. ASTM C1330 - Standard Specification for Cylindrical Sealant Backing for Use with Cold Liquid-Applied Sealants; 2002 (Reapproved 2013). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data for Sealants: Submit manufacturer's technical data sheets for each product to be used, that includes the following. 1. Physical characteristics, including movement capability, VOC content, hardness, cure time, and color availability. 2. List of backing materials approved for use with the specific product. 3. Substrates that product is known to satisfactorily adhere to and with which it is compatible. 4. Substrates the product should not be used on. C. Product Data for Accessory Products: Submit manufacturer's technical data sheet for each product to be used, including physical characteristics, installation instructions, and recommended tools. D. Color Cards for Selection: Where sealant color is not specified, submit manufacturer's color cards showing standard colors available for selection. E. Samples for Verification: Where custom sealant color is specified, obtain directions from Architect and submit at least two physical samples for verification of color of each required sealant. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum five years documented experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section and with at least five years of documented experience. 1.05 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion. C. Warranty: Include coverage for installed sealants and accessories that fail to achieve watertight seal, exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Base Manufacturer: Tremco Global Sealants: www.tremcosealants.com. B. Other Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. BASF Construction Chemicals-Building Systems: www.buildingsystems.basf.com. 2. Bostik Inc: www.bostik-us.com. -- 3. Manus Products, Inc.: www.manus.net. 4. Pecora Corporation: www.pecora.com. 5. PSI, Polymeric Systems, Inc.: www.polymericsystems.com. 6. Red Devil: www.reddevil.com. Project No. 19-22713 Section 07 9200 - Page 1 of 4 Waterloo Library- Stair Mendifications 7. Sherwin-Williams Company: www.sherwin-williams.com. 8. Sika Corporation US: usa.sika.com. 9. W.R.Meadows: www.wrmeadows.com. 10. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. — 2.02 JOINT SEALANT APPLICATIONS A. Scope: 1. Exterior Joints: Seal open joints, whether or not the joint is indicated on drawings, unless — specifically indicated not to be sealed. Exterior joints to be sealed include, but are not limited to, the following items. a. Wall expansion and control joints. b. Joints between door, window, and other frames and adjacent construction. c. Joints between different exposed materials. d. Openings below ledge angles in masonry. e. Other joints indicated below.2. Do not seal the following types of joints. a. Intentional weepholes in masonry. b. Joints indicated to be treated with manufactured expansion joint cover or some other type of sealing device. c. Joints where sealant is specified to be provided by manufacturer of product to be sealed. d. Joints where installation of sealant is specified in another section.B. Exterior Joints: Use nonsag polyurethane sealant, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Control and Expansion Joints in Concrete Paving: Self-leveling polyurethane "traffic-grade" sealant. -- 2.03 JOINT SEALANTS - GENERAL A. Colors: Color shall be selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full range unless specifically indicated to be a specific color. — 2.04 NONSAG JOINT SEALANTS A. Polyurethane Sealant: ASTM C920, Grade NS, Uses M and A; single or multicomponent; not expected to withstand continuous water immersion or traffic. — 1. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 25 percent, minimum. 2. Manufacturers: a. Dymonic FC or Dymeric 240 FC manufactured by Tremco Commercial Sealants. — b. MasterSeal NP 1 or NP 2 manufactured by BASF Master Builders Solutions. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.05 SELF-LEVELING SEALANTS _ A. Self-Leveling Polyurethane Sealant: ASTM C920, Grade P, Uses M and A; single or multicomponent; explicitly approved by manufacturer for traffic exposure; not expected to withstand continuous water immersion.1. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 25 percent, minimum. 2. Manufacturers: a. THC-901, Vulkem 445SSL (also Dymonic FC, or Dymeric 240 FC) manufactured by Tremco Commercial Sealants. — b. MasterSeal SL 1, SL 2 (also NP 1, or NP 2 manufactured by BASF Construction Chemicals-Building Systems. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. Backer Rod: Cylindrical cellular foam rod with surface that sealant will not adhere to, compatible with specific sealant used, and recommended by backing and sealant manufacturers for specific application. 1. Type for Joints Not Subject to Pedestrian or Vehicular Traffic: ASTM C1330; Type B - Bi-Cellular Polyethylene. 2. Type for Joints Subject to Pedestrian or Vehicular Traffic: ASTM C1330; Type C - Closed — Cell Polyethylene. Project No. 19-22713 Section 07 9200 - Page 2 of 4 — Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications 3. Closed Cell and Bi-Cellular: 25 to 33 percent larger in diameter than joint width. B. Backing Tape: Self-adhesive polyethylene tape with surface that sealant will not adhere to and recommended by tape and sealant manufacturers for specific application. C. Masking Tape: Self-adhesive, nonabsorbent, non-staining, removable without adhesive residue, and compatible with surfaces adjacent to joints and sealants. D. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type, type recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. E. Primers: Type recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application; non-staining. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that joints are ready to receive work. B. Verify that backing materials are compatible with sealants. C. Verify that backer rods are of the correct size. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove loose materials and foreign matter that could impair adhesion of sealant. B. Clean joints, and prime as necessary, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Perform preparation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C1193. D. Mask elements and surfaces adjacent to joints from damage and disfigurement due to sealant work; be aware that sealant drips and smears may not be completely removable. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Perform work in accordance with sealant manufacturer's requirements for preparation of surfaces and material installation instructions. B. Perform installation in accordance with ASTM C1193. C. Measure joint dimensions and size joint backers to achieve width-to-depth ratio, neck dimension, and surface bond area as recommended by manufacturer, except where specific dimensions are indicated. D. Install bond breaker backing tape where backer rod cannot be used. E. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags, and without getting sealant on adjacent surfaces. F. Do not install sealant when ambient temperature is outside manufacturer's recommended temperature range, or will be outside that range during the entire curing period, unless manufacturer's approval is obtained and instructions are followed. G. Nonsag Sealants: Tool surface concave, unless otherwise indicated; remove masking tape immediately after tooling sealant surface. H. Concrete Floor Joint Filler: After full cure, shave joint filler flush with top of concrete slab. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent soiled surfaces. 3.05 PROTECTION -- A. Protect sealants until cured. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-22713 Section 07 9200 - Page 3 of 4 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications Project No. 19-22713 Section 07 9200 - Page 4 of 4 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications SECTION 09 9113 EXTERIOR PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface preparation. B. Field application of paints. C. Scope: Finish exterior surfaces exposed to view, unless fully factory-finished and unless otherwise indicated, including the following: 1. Exposed surfaces of primed and unprimed metal items unless specifically indicated to not be painted. 2. Mechanical and Electrical: a. Shop-primed items. b. Paint metals that are not resistant to corrosion. _ D. Do Not Paint or Finish the Following Items: 1. Items factory-finished unless otherwise indicated; materials and products having factory-applied primers are not considered factory finished. 2. Items indicated to receive other finishes. 3. Items indicated to remain unfinished. 4. Floors, unless specifically indicated. 5. Glass. 6. Concealed pipes, ducts, and conduits. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Conform to ASTM D16 for interpretation of terms used in this section. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D - National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; current edition. B. ASTM D16- Standard Terminology for Paint, Related Coatings, Materials, and Applications; 2014. C. MPI (APSM) - Master Painters Institute Architectural Painting Specification Manual; Current Edition, www.paintinfo.com. 1.04 SUBMITTALS _ A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide complete list of products to be used, with the following information for each: 1. Manufacturer's name, product name and/or catalog number, and general product category (e.g. "alkyd enamel"). 2. MPI product number(e.g. MPI #47). 3. Cross-reference to specified paint system(s) product is to be used in; include description of each system. 4. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 5. If proposal of substitutions is allowed under submittal procedures, explanation of substitutions proposed. C. Samples: Submit three paper"draw down" samples, 8-1/2 by 11 inches in size, illustrating range of colors available for each finishing product specified. 1. Where sheen is specified, submit samples in only that sheen. 2. Where sheen is not specified, discuss sheen options with Architect before preparing samples, to eliminate sheens definitely not required. 3. Allow 15 days for approval process, after receipt of complete samples by Architect. 4. Paint color submittals will not be considered until color submittals for major materials not to be painted, such as factory finished items, have been approved. D. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1. See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. Project No. 19-22713 Section 09 9113 - Page 1 of 4 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications 2. Do not provide or leave extra paint materials for the Owner. 3. Do provide product info, color names, and installation locations for all products and colors. Information shall be included in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified with minimum five years documented experience. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability. B. Container Label: Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing.C. Paint Materials: Store at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and a maximum of 90 degrees F, in ventilated area, and as required by manufacturer's instructions. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS —' A. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. _ B. Follow manufacturer's recommended procedures for producing best results, including testing of substrates, moisture in substrates, and humidity and temperature limitations. C. Provide lighting level of 80 ft candles measured mid-height at substrate surface. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Provide paints and finishes from the same manufacturer to the greatest extent possible. 1. In the event that a single manufacturer cannot provide specified products, minor exceptions will be permitted provided approval by Architect is obtained using the specified procedures for substitutions. _ B. Paints: 1. Base Manufacturer: Sherwin Williams: www.sherwin-williams.com. 2. Other Manufacturers: Approved products shall meet performance and physical characteristics of base manufacturer(basis of design) product including published ratio of solids by volume, plus or minus two percent. C. Other Acceptable Manufacturers: Submit product information for each line of paint for _ Architect's approval. Substitutions of Base Manufacturer's products may not be accepted during the shop drawing process. 1. Behr Process Corporation: www.behr.com/#sle. 2. Benjamin Moore & Co: www.benjaminmoore.com. 3. Diamond Vogel Paints: www.diamondvogel.com/#sle. 4. PPG Paints: www.ppgpaints.com/#sle. 5. Pratt & Lambert Paints: www.prattandlambert.com/#sle. _ 6. Sherwin-Williams Company: www.sherwin-williams.com/#sle. 7. Tnemec: www.tnemec.com. 8. Valspar Corporation: www.valsparpaint.com/#sle. D. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. 2.02 PAINTS AND FINISHES - GENERAL A. Paints and Finishes: Ready mixed, unless required to be a field-catalyzed paint. 1. Provide paints and finishes of a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating, with good flow and brushing properties, and capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. a. Spayed finish; is preferred on all metal surfaces; is required on the following surfaces: 1) Metal Items. 2. Provide materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. Project No. 19-22713 Section 09 9113 - Page 2 of 4 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications 3. Provide commercial grade paint systems by approved paint manufacturer for substrates not specifically covered under paint systems. a. Consult with Architect/Engineer/Designer for approval of additional products and systems. Provide quantifiable product information. 4. Supply each paint material in quantity required to complete entire project's work from a single production run. 5. Do not reduce, thin, or dilute paint or finishes or add materials unless such procedure is specifically described in manufacturer's product instructions. B. Primers: Where the manufacturer offers options on primers for a particular substrate, use primer categorized as "best" by the manufacturer. C. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content: 1. Provide paints and finishes that comply with the most stringent requirements specified in the following: a. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D--National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings. 2. Determination of VOC Content: Testing and calculation in accordance with 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), exclusive of colorants added to a tint base and water added at project site; or other method acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Sheens: Provide the sheens specified; where sheen is not specified, sheen will be selected later by Architect from the manufacturer's full line. E. Colors: As indicated on drawings. 1. Where indicated or scheduled colors do not match the paint product lines indicated below it is anticipated that colors will be color matched; product lines below are intended to set a level of standard for the product lines used for each application. 2. Locations Not Indicated: Selection to be made by Architect after award of contract. 3. Extend colors to surface edges; colors may change at any edge as directed by Architect. F. Coats: The number of coats specified, are based on manufacturer's recommendations. Provide for additional coats, as necessary, for complete coverage and true color. Additional coats due to a lack of coverage shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. No exceptions. G. Coverage: Do not stretch products beyond their recommended coverage rate nor install fewer coats than specified regardless of appearance after previous coats are applied. Thin product application may show surface imperfections or inconsistencies that would otherwise not be visible. Additional coats due to a lack of proper coverage shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. No exceptions. 2.03 PAINT SYSTEMS - EXTERIOR A. Paint Product: HI-Solids Polyurethane (Two-Component) 1. Primer: Macropoxy 646 (Two Component). 2. Number of Paint Coats Over Primer: One. 3. Types of Substrates: a. Steel. 4. Sheen: SEMI-GLOSS. 5. Location Types: a. Guardrails and Handrails. 2.04 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Accessory Materials: Provide primers, sealers, cleaning agents, cleaning cloths, sanding materials, and clean-up materials as required for final completion of painted surfaces. B. Patching Material: Latex filler. C. Fastener Head Cover Material: Latex filler. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin application of paints and finishes until substrates have been properly prepared. B. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer. Project No. 19-22713 Section 09 9113 - Page 3 of 4 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications C. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially effect proper application. D. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. E. Test shop-applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly and correct defects prior to application. B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. C. Remove or mask and/or protect all surfaces, appurtenances not affiliated with coating process, including but not limited to electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings, prior to preparing surfaces for finishing. D. Seal surfaces that might cause bleed through or staining of topcoat. E. Remove mildew from impervious surfaces by scrubbing with solution of tetra-sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual". _ B. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. Allow applied coats to dry before next coat is applied. C. Apply each coat to uniform appearance in thicknesses specified by manufacturer. D. Painting shall be free from paint runs; no exceptions. E. Vacuum clean surfaces of loose particles. Use tack cloth to remove dust and particles just prior to applying next coat. F. Reinstall electrical cover plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings removed prior to finishing. 3.04 CLEANING A. Collect waste material that could constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, and remove daily from site. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect finishes until completion of project. B. Touch-up damaged finishes after Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-22713 Section 09 9113 - Page 4 of 4 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications x 11, M1,1r k I I �+L Z `:_ ate.- + : .per- - - 1's_-.. ,_. ;,",,'- AV..'s. ' -- - . - -_ - ' ' m Hwy"' _ c., ,,,•.'°,.- " :_. 'r _ - - - .: ":;Fie';r,�s'-: - ��;:� �_ M, _-. .`tom-- - - j.j` „-i - .. , d. " t x> .iy>r 4':"- , - ii:. zh` '..4.•' ",;`_,-z - - . . - : ; 'ma`s } � n �_�y; _ , „+� si: - - M '1 LL } - 40- f� - `.s°"' s'`k'"t s.ems` „ . ,: `"`may` ' -;fir y-„ :i iI� _ ;.� ram.. • z _- >; Y▪ Ya aa"` T'�,r'�- " _ _ _ - ▪- - - - - a4„''u, � - - '� : ,`ue - .,- ;`.:,. '.R`a 51:'-, t',,\'`,,,a"'z - - 'Y� '' � - `x::+ , • qq'� " iw -5 ` ark _ v`.` -.sic-. .• ;'2.. Y--,,. - - - `y+T `'A - - - ;.f.h, -!fro'^ ''-y',RY: - - _ - - .T�A,a23n• .-s" _✓. _ ."�'v„,max`. • vi _ 4%v - • "ie :� s � '�.fi`- - - "- - - -'�a.-;, g_ t-om? _ ' .Xj� -mo; +r, ' '" � ,c`,,V W;',,< `'*?'x zi=��- - - _ — - _ _ ' � _ x x w 's`,. _ - . ;, vb - - - - _ r°ter.* 'Ai w" ti t y _ `.k:'r,".:; - ;,"�,c` - - _ a `s�.r. � ▪ .?S `,.Ya w qw :Y, `�" �. " ,..- _•, - to D U.. - _ _ - - � kJ� m ��` 'a �� vt: x., Spe �� a}4 - - -`f,.. s f . X - �.c i - . fi a•Yr 5 Wi ' +° rri' - 4 _ _ "fix. ;: ?`"�..,. i�3 y P= 'y rv4,ift-,7,--_ YS ':1 -$,. i:�:':'4 _ " -" - - - - .. - ,`may, '4T14F'''-'''C-V''7 ram. 1 'c Fh .1. i*S.•. ',fir• - i*, h' :g, =z ro- fit., V4'7e:y3 s!` v-� �V�� . Sc !:rises - $ �F' _ ra a!' -hie ' + `=4 'swat o- 4f x-a.. :"-�`; .' - - ;`,ark-,:.- :'� .- - -- , _ , SECTION 26 0010 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART IGENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES: —" A. Basic Electrical Requirements specifically applicable to Division 26 Sections, in addition to Division 01 -General Requirements. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. The Electrical Contract Installation shall include a complete Electrical Installation for the project. All conduit, fixtures and equipment herein specified, mentioned or shown on Drawings, shall be furnished and installed in place, connected up and ready for normal operation except for such items as are specifically mentioned to be furnished by others. 1.03 WORK INCLUDED: A. The Electrical Contract shall include all work under the listed Sections of the Specifications Index and all related Electrical work as shown on the Drawings for the project. B. A Complete table of Electrical Reference Symbols is shown on the plans. C. Under this Contract the Electrical Contractor shall furnish the Owner with two 3-ring binders of all pertinent systems related documents. Submit manuals to the Engineer for his review. The Engineer will then turn books over to the Owner. The books shall contain the following items: 1. Shop drawings on all major equipment. —. 2. Operating Instructions for all major equipment. 3. Maintenance Instructions for all major equipment. 4. Wiring diagrams for all equipment. 5. Control drawings for any systems not furnished under other contracts. D. The Electrical contractor is responsible for own equipment, such as cranes, lifts, etc. in order to provide a complete installation of Electrical systems. E. Branch feeders, branch wiring, receptacles, special outlets, switches, light fixtures, dimmers, contactors, starters, timers, etc., as shown on the plans or required for operation of the electrical system. F. Repair of all damage done to the premises as a result of the installation and removal of all debris or surplus material left by those engaged in the work. 1.04 SPECIFICATIONS COMPLIANCE A. The requirements of these specifications shall be complied with in every respect. Therefore, it shall be absolutely mandatory that the job foreman, all lead electricians, subcontractors and their foreman have completely studied these specifications, be completely knowledgeable as to their entire contents, and maintain a copy at the job-site. Failure to comply with this requirement will be reason to presume the electrician or subcontractor is not in responsible charge of his work due to ignorance of job requirements, and will be reason for the owner to require dismissal and replacement with approved personnel. Every foreman and lead mechanic shall be provided with a complete copy of this specification. 1.05 INCONSISTENCIES A. If there is an inconsistency in the quality and/or quantity of Work required by the Contract Documents, either the greater quality and/or quantity of Work indicated shall be provided in accordance with the Engineer/Architect's interpretation without change in the contract sum. 1.06 CODES, FEES AND LATERAL COSTS: _ A. The Electrical Installation shall meet all applicable local, state and federal codes and standards. All permits necessary for a complete electrical installation shall be paid for by this Contractor. B. Except in those municipalities which provide state-approved electrical inspection, all installation of electrical equipment wiring shall be inspected by the State Board of Electricity. Allowance shall be made in the bid and contract for the cost of such inspection. C. Fees for such inspection will be charged in accordance with the rules and regulations of the State Board of Electricity. Evidence of payment of fees shall be provided by the Contractor with his Request for Payment. Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0010 - Page 1 of 4 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications 1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS: A. Conform to requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70. B. Furnish products listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. or other testing firm acceptable to authority having jurisdiction. 1.08 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit shop drawings and product data grouped to include complete submittals of related systems, products, and accessories in a single submittal. B. The contractor shall submit four (4) copies of shop drawings on all equipment and materials to the engineer for approval. The contractor shall not use any equipment or materials that does not have the engineer's stamped approval. C. Mark dimensions and values in units to match those specified. 1.09 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS:A. Install Work in locations shown on Drawings, unless prevented by Project conditions. 1.10 PRE-CONSTRUCTION COORDINATION AND VERIFICATION: A. This Contractor shall coordinate his work with other Contractors on this job. Any conflict which — cannot be resolved shall be settled by the Architect/Engineer. B. Field verification of scale dimensions on plans is directed since actual locations, distances and levels will be governed by actual field conditions. C. The Contractors shall check architectural, structural, plumbing, heating, ventilating and electrical plans to avert possible installation conflicts. Should drastic changes from original plans be necessary to resolve such conflicts this Contractor shall notify the Architect/Engineer and — secure written approval and agreement on necessary adjustments before the installation is started. D. Discrepancies shown on different plans or between plans and actual field conditions or between plans and specifications shall promptly be brought to the attention of the Architect/Engineer for a decision. E. The Contractor shall consider and review the complete set of documents, etc., Architectural, Structural, Mechanical, Electrical, etc., (Drawings and Specifications) as his complete set. He will be responsible for any and all electrical work shown or stated (to be by him), to include this work in his bid and install such items even though they are not specifically shown or stated on the Electrical section of the plans and specifications.F. The drawings are indicative of the work to be installed, but do not show all bends, fittings, boxes and specialties required to complete the installation. G. All conduits, wires, outlets boxes, switches, receptacles, devices and fixtures shall be included in the work. H. Where it is stated that the contractor shall "provide" a device or piece of equipment, it shall mean that such a device or equipments are finished and installed. — 1.11 CUTTING AND PATCHING: A. The Electrical Contractor shall set all sleeves in construction for his work. B. Where cutting is required, it shall be done by this Contractor. C. All patching shall be done by the Electrical Contractor. D. All conduit and outlet installations and cutting of any kind must be done with great care so as not to leave unsightly surfaces which may not be entirely concealed by plates, escutcheons or their normal concealing construction, if such unsightly conditions occur, Contractor will be required, at his own expense, to replace the damaged construction. 1.12 SCAFFOLDING: A. Furnish and erect all scaffolding, ladders, etc., required in the installation of wiring, equipment and fixtures. Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0010 - Page 2 of 4 — Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications 1.13 ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL COSTS: A. If the Mechanical Contractor substitutes equipment for specified units, the mechanical contractor shall be responsible for any additional electrical installation costs for this substitution whether the other equipment was listed as equal in the specification or was approved equal after the project was in the bidding process. 1.14 GUARANTEE: A. This Contractor shall be responsible for the proper installation and working of everything in this contract and shall guarantee to remedy free of charge any defects in workmanship and materials that may appear to give or gives rise to trouble of any kind for a period of one year from the time of final acceptance of his work by the Owner. B. This Contractor shall be responsible for the proper installation and working of everything in this contract and shall guarantee to remedy free of charge any defects in workmanship and materials that may appear to give or gives rise to trouble of any kind for a period of one year from date of final substantial completion. PART 2NOT USED PART 3EXECUTION 3.01 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS: A. Provide necessary power wiring for equipment furnished by others. Verify requirements with the Contractors responsible to supply each piece of equipment. Provide heavy duty disconnect switches as indicated. 3.02 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS: A. Contractor shall keep an accurate record of all deviations from contract drawings and specifications. He shall neatly and correctly enter in colored crayon any deviations on drawings affected, and shall keep drawings available for inspection. Extra set of drawings will be furnished for this purpose. B. At the completion of the job, and before final acceptance, the Contractor shall provide a complete set of as-built drawings. The Contractor shall show locations for all major electrical devices, including panelboards and all major runs of conduit, the circuiting of each fixture, outlet, etc., shall be shown. Certify to the accuracy of each print, by signature thereon, and _ deliver same to Architect. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0010 - Page 3 of 4 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0010 - Page 4 of 4 _ Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications SECTION 26 0505 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Electrical demolition. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Materials and equipment for patching and extending work: As specified in individual sections. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements are as indicated. B. Verify that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities. C. Demolition drawings are based on casual field observation. D. Report discrepancies to Architect before disturbing existing installation. E. Beginning of demolition means installer accepts existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors, and ceilings to be removed. B. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during construction. When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits, use personnel experienced in such operations. 3.03 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK A. Remove, relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction. B. Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply. C. Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above accessible ceiling finishes. Cut conduit flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces. Use materials to match fire rating of wall. D. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets if conduit servicing them is abandoned and removed. Provide blank cover for abandoned outlets that are not removed. —' E. Disconnect and remove abandoned panelboards and distribution equipment. F. Disconnect and remove electrical devices and equipment serving utilization equipment that has been removed. G. Disconnect and remove abandoned luminaires. Remove brackets, stems, hangers, and other accessories. H. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work. I. Maintain access to existing electrical installations that remain active. Modify installation or provide access panel as appropriate. J. Extend existing installations using materials and methods compatible with existing electrical installations, or as specified. 3.04 CLEANING AND REPAIR A. Clean and repair existing materials and equipment that remain or that are to be reused. B. Panelboards: Clean exposed surfaces and check tightness of electrical connections. Replace damaged circuit breakers and provide closure plates for vacant positions. Provide typed circuit directory showing revised circuiting arrangement. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0505 - Page 1 of 2 r� Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0505 - Page 2 of 2 _ Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications SECTION 26 0519 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Single conductor building wire. B. Metal-clad cable. C. Wiring connectors. D. Electrical tape. E. Heat shrink tubing. F. Wire puffing lubricant. G. Cable ties. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 26 0526 -Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems: Additional requirements for grounding conductors and grounding connectors. B. Section 26 0553 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM B3- Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire; 2013 (Reapproved 2018). B. ASTM B8 - Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft; 2011 (Reapproved 2017). C. ASTM B33 - Standard Specification for Tin-Coated Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for Electrical Purposes; 2010 (Reapproved 2014). D. ASTM B787/B787M - Standard Specification for 19 Wire Combination Unilay-Stranded Copper Conductors for Subsequent Insulation; 2004 (Reapproved 2014). E. ASTM D3005 - Standard Specification for Low-Temperature Resistant Vinyl Chloride Plastic Pressure-Sensitive Electrical Insulating Tape; 2017. F. ASTM D4388 - Standard Specification for Nonmetallic Semi-Conducting and Electrically Insulating Rubber Tapes; 2013. G. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015. H. NEMA WC 70- Power Cables Rated 2000 Volts or Less for the Distribution of Electrical Energy; 2009. I. NETA ATS -Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Equipment and Systems; 2017. J. NFPA 70- National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. K. UL 44 -Thermoset-Insulated Wires and Cables; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. L. UL 83 - Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. M. UL 486A-486B -Wire Connectors; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. N. UL 486C - Splicing Wire Connectors; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. O. UL 486D - Sealed Wire Connector Systems; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. P. UL 510 - Polyvinyl Chloride, Polyethylene, and Rubber Insulating Tape; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. Q. UL 1569 - Metal-Clad Cables; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate sizes of raceways, boxes, and equipment enclosures installed under other sections with the actual conductors to be installed, including adjustments for conductor sizes increased for voltage drop. Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0519 - Page 1 of 6 ` Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications 2. Coordinate with electrical equipment installed under other sections to provide terminations — suitable for use with the conductors to be installed. 3. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a — Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store conductors and cables in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install or otherwise handle thermoplastic-insulated conductors at temperatures lower than 14 degrees F, unless otherwise permitted by manufacturer's instructions. When installation below this temperature is unavoidable, notify Architect and obtain direction before proceeding �. with work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUCTOR AND CABLE APPLICATIONS — A. Do not use conductors and cables for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. B. Provide single conductor building wire installed in suitable raceway unless otherwise indicated, — permitted, or required. C. Nonmetallic-sheathed cable is not permitted. D. Underground feeder and branch-circuit cable is not permitted. — E. Service entrance cable is not permitted. F. Armored cable is not permitted. ,._. G. Metal-clad cable is not permitted. 1. Where not otherwise restricted, may be used: a. Where concealed above accessible ceilings for final connections from junction boxes to luminaires. 1) Maximum Length: 6 feet. 2. In addition to other applicable restrictions, may not be used: a. Where exposed to damage. b. For damp, wet, or corrosive locations, unless provided with a PVC jacket listed as suitable for those locations. 2.02 CONDUCTOR AND CABLE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Provide products that comply with requirements of NFPA 70. B. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. C. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required conduit, boxes, wiring, connectors, etc. as required for a complete operating system. D. Comply with NEMA WC 70. E. Thermoplastic-Insulated Conductors and Cables: Listed and labeled as complying with UL 83. F. Thermoset-Insulated Conductors and Cables: Listed and labeled as complying with UL 44. G. Conductor Material: — 1. Provide copper conductors only. Aluminum conductors are not acceptable for this project. Conductor sizes indicated are based on copper. 2. Copper Conductors: Soft drawn annealed, 98 percent conductivity, uncoated copper conductors complying with ASTM B3, ASTM B8, or ASTM B787/B787M unless otherwise — indicated. Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0519 - Page 2 of 6 _ Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications 3. Tinned Copper Conductors: Comply with ASTM B33. H. Minimum Conductor Size: 1. Branch Circuits: 12 AWG. a. Exceptions: 1) 20 A, 120 V circuits longer than 75 feet: 10 AWG, for voltage drop. 2) 20 A, 120 V circuits longer than 150 feet: 8 AWG, for voltage drop. 3) 20 A, 277 V circuits longer than 150 feet: 10 AWG, for voltage drop. 2. Control Circuits: 14 AWG. I. Conductor Color Coding: 1. Color code conductors as indicated unless otherwise required by the authority having jurisdiction. Maintain consistent color coding throughout project. 2. Color Coding Method: Integrally colored insulation. a. Conductors size 4 AWG and larger may have black insulation color coded using vinyl color coding electrical tape. 3. Color Code: a. 480Y/277 V, 3 Phase, 4 Wire System: 1) Phase A: Brown. 2) Phase B: Orange. 3) Phase C: Yellow. 4) Neutral/Grounded: Gray. b. 208Y/120 V, 3 Phase, 4 Wire System: 1) Phase A: Black. 2) Phase B: Red. 3) Phase C: Blue. 4) Neutral/Grounded: White. c. Equipment Ground, All Systems: Green. d. For modifications or additions to existing wiring systems, comply with existing color code when existing code complies with NFPA 70 and is approved by the authority having jurisdiction. 2.03 SINGLE CONDUCTOR BUILDING WIRE A. Description: Single conductor insulated wire. B. Conductor Stranding: 1. Feeders and Branch Circuits: a. Size 10 AWG and Smaller: Stranded. b. Size 8 AWG and Larger: Stranded. C. Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 V. D. Insulation: 1. Copper Building Wire: Type THHN/THWN-2, except as indicated below. a. Size 4 AWG and Larger: Type XHHW-2. b. Installed Underground: Type XHHW-2. 2.04 METAL-CLAD CABLE A. Description: NFPA 70, Type MC cable listed and labeled as complying with UL 1569, and listed for use in classified firestop systems to be used. B. Conductor Stranding: 1. Size 10 AWG and Smaller: Stranded. 2. Size 8 AWG and Larger: Stranded. C. Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 V. D. Insulation: Type THHN, THHN/THWN, or THHN/THWN-2. E. Grounding: Full-size integral equipment grounding conductor. "- F. Armor: Steel, interlocked tape. G. Provide PVC jacket applied over cable armor where indicated or required for environment of installed location. Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0519 - Page 3 of 6 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications 2.05 WIRING CONNECTORS A. Description: Wiring connectors appropriate for the application, suitable for use with the conductors to be connected, and listed as complying with UL 486A-486B or UL 486C as applicable. B. Wiring Connectors for Splices and Taps: 1. Copper Conductors Size 8 AWG and Smaller: Use twist-on insulated spring connectors. 2. Copper Conductors Size 6 AWG and Larger: Use mechanical connectors or compression connectors. C. Wiring Connectors for Terminations: 1. Provide terminal lugs for connecting conductors to equipment furnished with terminations designed for terminal lugs. 2. Provide compression adapters for connecting conductors to equipment furnished with mechanical lugs when only compression connectors are specified. 3. Where over-sized conductors are larger than the equipment terminations can accommodate, provide connectors suitable for reducing to appropriate size, but not less than required for the rating of the overcurrent protective device. 4. Provide motor pigtail connectors for connecting motor leads in order to facilitate disconnection. 5. Copper Conductors Size 8 AWG and Larger: Use mechanical connectors or compression connectors where connectors are required. D. Twist-on Insulated Spring Connectors: Rated 600 V, 221 degrees F for standard applications and 302 degrees F for high temperature applications; pre-filled with sealant and listed as complying with UL 486D for damp and wet locations. E. Mechanical Connectors: Provide bolted type. F. Compression Connectors: Provide circumferential type or hex type crimp configuration. 2.06 WIRING ACCESSORIES A. Electrical Tape: 1. Vinyl Color Coding Electrical Tape: Integrally colored to match color code indicated; listed as complying with UL 510; minimum thickness of 7 mil; resistant to abrasion, corrosion, and sunlight; suitable for continuous temperature environment up to 221 degrees F. 2. Vinyl Insulating Electrical Tape: Complying with ASTM D3005 and listed as complying with UL 510; minimum thickness of 7 mil; resistant to abrasion, corrosion, and sunlight; conformable for application down to 0 degrees F and suitable for continuous temperature environment up to 221 degrees F. 3. Rubber Splicing Electrical Tape: Ethylene Propylene Rubber (EPR) tape, complying with ASTM D4388; minimum thickness of 30 mil; suitable for continuous temperature environment up to 194 degrees F and short-term 266 degrees F overload service. 4. Electrical Filler Tape: Rubber-based insulating moldable putty, minimum thickness of 125 mil; suitable for continuous temperature environment up to 176 degrees F. 5. Moisture Sealing Electrical Tape: Insulating mastic compound laminated to flexible, all-weather vinyl backing; minimum thickness of 90 mil. B. Heat Shrink Tubing: Heavy-wall, split-resistant, with factory-applied adhesive; rated 600 V; suitable for direct burial applications; listed as complying with UL 486D. C. Wire Pulling Lubricant: Listed; suitable for use with the conductors or cables to be installed and suitable for use at the installation temperature. D. Cable Ties: Material and tensile strength rating suitable for application. -- PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that interior of building has been protected from weather. B. Verify that work likely to damage wire and cable has been completed. C. Verify that raceways, boxes, and equipment enclosures are installed and are properly sized to _ accommodate conductors and cables in accordance with NFPA 70. D. Verify that field measurements are as indicated. Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0519 - Page 4 of 6 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications E. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean raceways thoroughly to remove foreign materials before installing conductors and cables. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Circuiting Requirements: 1. Unless dimensioned, circuit routing indicated is diagrammatic. 2. When circuit destination is indicated without specific routing, determine exact routing required. 3. Arrange circuiting to minimize splices. 4. Include circuit lengths required to install connected devices within 10 ft of location — indicated. 5. Maintain separation of Class 1, Class 2, and Class 3 remote-control, signaling, and power-limited circuits in accordance with NFPA 70. 6. Circuiting Adjustments: Unless otherwise indicated, when branch circuits are indicated as separate, combining them together in a single raceway is permitted, under the following conditions: a. Provide no more than six current-carrying conductors in a single raceway. Dedicated — neutral conductors are considered current-carrying conductors. b. Increase size of conductors as required to account for ampacity derating. c. Size raceways, boxes, etc. to accommodate conductors. 7. Common Neutrals: Unless otherwise indicated, sharing of neutral/grounded conductors among single phase branch circuits of different phases installed in the same raceway is not permitted. Provide dedicated neutral/grounded conductor for each individual branch circuit. B. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship). D. Installation in Raceway: 1. Tape ends of conductors and cables to prevent infiltration of moisture and other contaminants. 2. Pull all conductors and cables together into raceway at same time. 3. Do not damage conductors and cables or exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tension and sidewall pressure. 4. Use suitable wire pulling lubricant where necessary, except when lubricant is not recommended by the manufacturer. E. Paralleled Conductors: Install conductors of the same length and terminate in the same manner. F. Secure and support conductors and cables in accordance with NFPA 70 using suitable supports and methods approved by the authority having jurisdiction. Provide independent support from building structure. Do not provide support from raceways, piping, ductwork, or other systems. G. Terminate cables using suitable fittings. 1. Metal-Clad Cable (Type MC): a. Use listed fittings. b. Cut cable armor only using specialized tools to prevent damaging conductors or insulation. Do not use hacksaw or wire cutters to cut armor. H. Install conductors with a minimum of 12 inches of slack at each outlet. I. Neatly train and bundle conductors inside boxes, wireways, panelboards and other equipment enclosures. J. Group or otherwise identify neutral/grounded conductors with associated ungrounded conductors inside enclosures in accordance with NFPA 70. K. Make wiring connections using specified wiring connectors. 1. Make splices and taps only in accessible boxes. Do not pull splices into raceways or make splices in conduit bodies or wiring gutters. Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0519 - Page 5 of 6 -� Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications 2. Remove appropriate amount of conductor insulation for making connections without — cutting, nicking or damaging conductors. 3. Do not remove conductor strands to facilitate insertion into connector. 4. Clean contact surfaces on conductors and connectors to suitable remove corrosion, oxides, and other contaminates. Do not use wire brush on plated connector surfaces. 5. Mechanical Connectors: Secure connections according to manufacturer's recommended torque settings. 6. Compression Connectors: Secure connections using manufacturer's recommended tools and dies. L. Insulate splices and taps that are made with uninsulated connectors using methods suitable for the application, with insulation and mechanical strength at least equivalent to unspliced — conductors. 1. Dry Locations: Use insulating covers specifically designed for the connectors, electrical tape, or heat shrink tubing. a. For taped connections, first apply adequate amount of rubber splicing electrical tape or electrical filler tape, followed by outer covering of vinyl insulating electrical tape. 2. Damp Locations: Use insulating covers specifically designed for the connectors, electrical tape, or heat shrink tubing. -- a. For connections with insulating covers, apply outer covering of moisture sealing electrical tape. b. For taped connections, follow same procedure as for dry locations but apply outer covering of moisture sealing electrical tape. 3. Wet Locations: Use heat shrink tubing. M. Insulate ends of spare conductors using vinyl insulating electrical tape. N. Field-Applied Color Coding: Where vinyl color coding electrical tape is used in lieu of integrally colored insulation as permitted in Part 2 under"Color Coding", apply half overlapping turns of tape at each termination and at each location conductors are accessible. O. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide final connections to all equipment and — devices, including those furnished by others, as required for a complete operating system. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective conductors and cables. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0519 - Page 6 of 6 — Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications SECTION 26 0526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Grounding and bonding requirements. B. Conductors for grounding and bonding. C. Connectors for grounding and bonding. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 26 0519 - LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES: Additional requirements for conductors for grounding and bonding, including conductor color coding. B. Section 26 0553 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and _ requirements. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015. B. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. C. UL 467 - Grounding and Bonding Equipment; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GROUNDING AND BONDING REQUIREMENTS A. Existing Work: Where existing grounding and bonding system components are indicated to be reused, they may be reused only where they are free from corrosion, integrity and continuity are verified, and where acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. B. Do not use products for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. C. Where conductor size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable minimum size requirements specified. D. Bonding and Equipment Grounding: 1. Provide bonding for equipment grounding conductors, equipment ground busses, metallic equipment enclosures, metallic raceways and boxes, device grounding terminals, and other normally non-current-carrying conductive materials enclosing electrical conductors/equipment or likely to become energized as indicated and in accordance with NFPA 70. 2. Provide insulated equipment grounding conductor in each feeder and branch circuit raceway. Do not use raceways as sole equipment grounding conductor. 3. Where circuit conductor sizes are increased for voltage drop, increase size of equipment grounding conductor proportionally in accordance with NFPA 70. 4. Unless otherwise indicated, connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor and to outlet box with bonding jumper. 5. Terminate branch circuit equipment grounding conductors on solidly bonded equipment ground bus only. Do not terminate on neutral (grounded) or isolated/insulated ground bus. 6. Provide bonding jumper across expansion or expansion/deflection fittings provided to accommodate conduit movement. 2.02 GROUNDING AND BONDING COMPONENTS A. General Requirements: 1. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0526 - Page 1 of 2 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications 2. Provide products listed and labeled as complying with UL 467 where applicable. B. Conductors for Grounding and Bonding, in Addition to Requirements of Section 26 0526: 1. Use insulated copper conductors unless otherwise indicated. a. Exceptions: 1) Use bare copper conductors where installed underground in direct contact with earth. 2) Use bare copper conductors where directly encased in concrete (not in raceway). C. Connectors for Grounding and Bonding: 1. Description: Connectors appropriate for the application and suitable for the conductors and items to be connected; listed and labeled as complying with UL 467. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, use exothermic welded connections for underground, concealed and other inaccessible connections. 3. Unless otherwise indicated, use mechanical connectors, compression connectors, or _ exothermic welded connections for accessible connections. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that work likely to damage grounding and bonding system components has been completed. B. Verify that field measurements are as indicated. C. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship). C. Make grounding and bonding connections using specified connectors. -- 1. Remove appropriate amount of conductor insulation for making connections without cutting, nicking or damaging conductors. Do not remove conductor strands to facilitate insertion into connector. 2. Remove nonconductive paint, enamel, or similar coating at threads, contact points, and contact surfaces. 3. Exothermic Welds: Make connections using molds and weld material suitable for the items to be connected in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. _ 4. Mechanical Connectors: Secure connections according to manufacturer's recommended torque settings. 5. Compression Connectors: Secure connections using manufacturer's recommended tools and dies. D. Identify grounding and bonding system components in accordance with Section 26 0553. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0526 - Page 2 of 2 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications SECTION 26 0529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Support and attachment requirements and components for equipment, conduit, cable, boxes, and other electrical work. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Concrete equipment pads. B. Section 26 0533.13 -Conduit for Electrical Systems: Additional support and attachment requirements for conduits. C. Section 26 0533.16 - Boxes for Electrical Systems: Additional support and attachment requirements for boxes. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products; 2015. B. ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2016a. C. ASTM B633 -Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel; 2013. D. MFMA-4 - Metal Framing Standards Publication; 2004. E. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015. F. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate sizes and arrangement of supports and bases with the actual equipment and components to be installed. 2. Coordinate the work with other trades to provide additional framing and materials required for installation. 3. Coordinate compatibility of support and attachment components with mounting surfaces at the installed locations. 4. Coordinate the arrangement of supports with ductwork, piping, equipment and other potential conflicts installed under other sections or by others. 5. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work. B. Sequencing: 1. Do not install products on or provide attachment to concrete surfaces until concrete has fully cured in accordance with Section 03 3000. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with NFPA 70. -- B. Comply with applicable building code. C. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SUPPORT AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS A. General Requirements: 1. Provide all required hangers, supports, anchors, fasteners, fittings, accessories, and hardware as necessary for the complete installation of electrical work. Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0529 - Page 1 of 4 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications 2. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended, where applicable. 3. Where support and attachment component types and sizes are not indicated, select in accordance with manufacturer's application criteria as required for the load to be supported. Include consideration for vibration, equipment operation, and shock loads where applicable. 4. Do not use products for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. —` 5. Steel Components: Use corrosion resistant materials suitable for the environment where installed. a. Indoor Dry Locations: Use zinc-plated steel or approved equivalent unless otherwise indicated. b. Outdoor and Damp or Wet Indoor Locations: Use galvanized steel, stainless steel, or approved equivalent unless otherwise indicated. c. Zinc-Plated Steel: Electroplated in accordance with ASTM B633. -- d. Galvanized Steel: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123/A123M or ASTM A153/A153M. B. Conduit and Cable Supports: Straps, clamps, etc. suitable for the conduit or cable to be supported. 1. Conduit Straps: One-hole or two-hole type; steel or malleable iron. 2. Conduit Clamps: Bolted type unless otherwise indicated. C. Outlet Box Supports: Hangers, brackets, etc. suitable for the boxes to be supported. D. Metal Channel (Strut) Framing Systems: Factory-fabricated continuous-slot metal channel (strut) and associated fittings, accessories, and hardware required for field-assembly of supports. 1. Comply with MFMA-4. E. Hanger Rods: Threaded zinc-plated steel unless otherwise indicated. F. Anchors and Fasteners: 1. Unless otherwise indicated and where not otherwise restricted, use the anchor and fastener types indicated for the specified applications. 2. Concrete: Use preset concrete inserts, expansion anchors, or screw anchors. 3. Solid or Grout-Filled Masonry: Use expansion anchors or screw anchors. 4. Hollow Masonry: Use toggle bolts. 5. Hollow Stud Walls: Use toggle bolts. 6. Steel: Use beam clamps, machine bolts, or welded threaded studs. 7. Sheet Metal: Use sheet metal screws. 8. Wood: Use wood screws. 9. Plastic and lead anchors are not permitted. 10. Preset Concrete Inserts: Continuous metal channel (strut) and spot inserts specifically designed to be cast in concrete ceilings, walls, and floors. a. Comply with MFMA-4. —' b. Channel Material: Use galvanized steel. c. Manufacturer: Same as manufacturer of metal channel (strut)framing system. 11. Post-Installed Concrete and Masonry Anchors: Evaluated and recognized by ICC Evaluation Service, LLC (ICC-ES) for compliance with applicable building code. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive support and attachment components. B. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship). C. Install anchors and fasteners in accordance with ICC Evaluation Services, LLC (ICC-ES) evaluation report conditions of use where applicable. Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0529 - Page 2 of 4 _ Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications D. Provide independent support from building structure. Do not provide support from piping, _ ductwork, or other systems. E. Unless specifically indicated or approved by Architect, do not provide support from suspended ceiling support system or ceiling grid. F. Unless specifically indicated or approved by Architect, do not provide support from roof deck. G. Do not penetrate or otherwise notch or cut structural members without approval of Structural Engineer. H. Equipment Support and Attachment: 1. Use metal fabricated supports or supports assembled from metal channel (strut) to support equipment as required. 2. Use metal channel (strut) secured to studs to support equipment surface-mounted on hollow stud walls when wall strength is not sufficient to resist pull-out. 3. Use metal channel (strut) to support surface-mounted equipment in wet or damp locations to provide space between equipment and mounting surface. 4. Unless otherwise indicated, mount floor-mounted equipment on properly sized 3 inch high concrete pad constructed in accordance with Section 03 3000. 5. Securely fasten floor-mounted equipment. Do not install equipment such that it relies on its own weight for support. I. Preset Concrete Inserts: Use manufacturer provided closure strips to inhibit concrete seepage during concrete pour. _ J. Secure fasteners according to manufacturer's recommended torque settings. K. Remove temporary supports. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL -- A. Inspect support and attachment components for damage and defects. B. Repair cuts and abrasions in galvanized finishes using zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer. Replace components that exhibit signs of corrosion. C. Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective support and attachment components. D. Install hangers and supports as required to adequately and securely support electrical system components, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1. 1. Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or conduit. 2. Obtain permission from Architect before drilling or cutting structural members. E. Rigidly weld support members or use hexagon-head bolts to present neat appearance with adequate strength and rigidity. Use spring lock washers under all nuts. F. Install surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors. G. In wet and damp locations use steel channel supports to stand cabinets and panelboards 1 inch -- off wall. H. Use sheet metal channel to bridge studs above and below cabinets and panelboards recessed in hollow partitions. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0529 - Page 3 of 4 -- Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0529 - Page 4 of 4 _ Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications SECTION 26 0533.13 CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Galvanized steel rigid metal conduit(RMC). B. Intermediate metal conduit (IMC). C. Flexible metal conduit (FMC). D. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit(LFMC). E. Electrical metallic tubing (EMT). F. Rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) conduit. G. Conduit fittings. H. Accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 26 0529 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. B. Section 26 0553 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS _ A. ANSI C80.1 -American National Standard for Electrical Rigid Steel Conduit (ERSC); 2005. B. ANSI C80.3 -American National Standard for Steel Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT); 2005. C. ANSI C80.5-American National Standard for Electrical Rigid Aluminum Conduit (ERAC); 2005. -- D. ANSI C80.6-American National Standard for Electrical Intermediate Metal Conduit(EIMC); 2005. E. NECA 1 -Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015. F. NECA 101 - Standard for Installing Steel Conduits (Rigid, IMC, EMT); 2013. G. NECA 102 - Standard for Installing Aluminum Rigid Metal Conduit; 2004. H. NECA 111 - Standard for Installing Nonmetallic Raceways (RNC, ENT, LFNC); 2003. I. NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit, Electrical Metallic Tubing, and Cable; 2012. J. NEMA RN 1 - Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Intermediate Metal Conduit; 2005. K. NEMA TC 2 - Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Conduit; 2013. L. NEMA TC 3- Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing; 2015. M. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. N. UL 1 - Flexible Metal Conduit; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. O. UL 6- Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit-Steel; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. P. UL 6A- Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit-Aluminum, Red Brass, and Stainless Steel; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. Q. UL 360- Liquid-Tight Flexible Steel Conduit; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. R. UL 514B- Conduit, Tubing, and Cable Fittings; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. S. UL 651 - Schedule 40, 80, Type EB and A Rigid PVC Conduit and Fittings; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. "- T. UL 797 - Electrical Metallic Tubing-Steel; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. U. UL 1242 - Electrical Intermediate Metal Conduit-Steel; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0533.13 - Page 1 of 8 ... Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate minimum sizes of conduits with the actual conductors to be installed, including adjustments for conductor sizes increased for voltage drop. 2. Coordinate the arrangement of conduits with structural members, ductwork, piping, equipment and other potential conflicts installed under other sections or by others. 3. Verify exact conduit termination locations required for boxes, enclosures, and equipment installed under other sections or by others.4. Coordinate the work with other trades to provide roof penetrations that preserve the integrity of the roofing system and do not void the roof warranty. 5. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work. B. Sequencing: 1. Do not begin installation of conductors and cables until installation of conduit is complete between outlet, junction and splicing points. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Record actual routing for conduits installed underground, conduits embedded within concrete slabs, and conduits 2 inch (53 mm) trade size and larger. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. _ 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store conduit and fittings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUIT APPLICATIONS A. Do not use conduit and associated fittings for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. B. Unless otherwise indicated and where not otherwise restricted, use the conduit types indicated _ for the specified applications. Where more than one listed application applies, implies all applications are acceptable. Where conduit type for a particular application is not specified, use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit. C. Underground: 1. Under Slab on Grade: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit or rigid PVC conduit. 2. Exterior, Direct-Buried: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit or rigid PVC conduit. 3. Where rigid polyvinyl (PVC) conduit is provided, transition to galvanized steel rigid metal conduit where emerging from underground. 4. Where rigid polyvinyl (PVC) conduit larger than 2 inch (53 mm) trade size is provided, use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit elbows for bends. 5. Where steel conduit is installed in direct contact with earth where soil has a resistivity of — less than 2000 ohm-centimeters or is characterized as severely corrosive based on soils report or local experience, use corrosion protection tape to provide supplementary corrosion protection or use PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit. — D. Embedded Within Concrete: 1. Within Slab on Grade: Not permitted. 2. Within Slab Above Ground: Not permitted. 3. Within Concrete Walls Above Ground: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit (IMC), PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit, rigid PVC conduit, or reinforced thermosetting resin conduit (RTRC). 4. Where rigid polyvinyl (PVC) conduit is provided, transition to galvanized steel rigid metal '— conduit where emerging from concrete. Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0533.13 - Page 2 of 8 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications E. Concealed Within Masonry Walls: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit (IMC), or electrical metallic tubing (EMT). F. Concealed Within Hollow Stud Walls: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit (IMC), or electrical metallic tubing (EMT). G. Concealed Above Accessible Ceilings: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit (IMC), or electrical metallic tubing (EMT). H. Interior, Damp or Wet Locations: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit (IMC), or aluminum rigid metal conduit. I. Exposed, Interior, Not Subject to Physical Damage: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit (IMC), or electrical metallic tubing (EMT). J. Exposed, Interior, Subject to Physical Damage: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit or intermediate metal conduit (IMC). 1. Locations subject to physical damage include, but are not limited to: a. Where exposed below 12 feet, except within electrical and communication rooms or closets. b. Where exposed below 20 feet in warehouse areas. K. Exposed, Exterior: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit (IMC), or PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit. L. Concealed, Exterior, Not Embedded in Concrete or in Contact With Earth: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit (IMC), or Schedule 40 PVC. M. Corrosive Locations Above Ground: Use aluminum rigid metal conduit. N. Connections to Luminaires Above Accessible Ceilings: Use flexible metal conduit. 1. Maximum Length: 6 feet. O. Connections to Vibrating Equipment: 1. Dry Locations: Use flexible metal conduit. 2. Damp, Wet, or Corrosive Locations: Use liquidtight flexible metal conduit. 3. Maximum Length: 6 feet unless otherwise indicated. 2.02 CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS A. Provide all conduit, fittings, supports, and accessories required for a complete raceway system. B. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. C. Minimum Conduit Size, Unless Otherwise Indicated: 1. Branch Circuits: 3/4 inch (21 mm) trade size. 2. Branch Circuit Homeruns: 3/4 inch (21 mm) trade size. 3. Control Circuits: 3/4 inch (21 mm) trade size. 4. Flexible Connections to Luminaires: 1/2 inch (16 mm) trade size. 5. Underground, Interior: 1 inch (27 mm) trade size. 6. Underground, Exterior: 1 inch (27 mm) trade size. D. Where conduit size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable minimum size requirements specified. 2.03 GALVANIZED STEEL RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC) A. Manufacturers: -- 1. Allied Tube & Conduit: www.alliedeg.com/#sle. 2. Republic Conduit: www.republic-conduit.com/#sle. 3. Wheatland Tube, a Division of Zekelman Industries: www.wheatland.com/#sle. -- B. Description: NFPA 70, Type RMC galvanized steel rigid metal conduit complying with ANSI C80.1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 6. C. Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: a. Bridgeport Fittings Inc: www.bptfittings.com/#sle. b. O-Z/Gedney, a brand of Emerson Electric Co: www.emerson.com/#sle. c. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com/#sle. Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0533.13 - Page 3 of 8 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications 2. Non-Hazardous Locations: Use fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B. 3. Material: Use steel or malleable iron. 4. Connectors and Couplings: Use threaded type fittings only. Threadless set screw and compression (gland) type fittings are not permitted. 2.04 ALUMINUM RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC) A. Manufacturers:1. Allied Tube & Conduit: www.alliedeg.com/#sle. 2. Republic Conduit: www.republic-conduit.com/#sle. 3. Wheatland Tube, a Division of Zekelman Industries: www.wheatland.com/#sle. B. Description: NFPA 70, Type RMC aluminum rigid metal conduit complying with ANSI C80.5 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 6A. C. Fittings:1. Manufacturers: a. Bridgeport Fittings Inc: www.bptfittings.com/#sle. b. O-Z/Gedney, a brand of Emerson Electric Co: www.emerson.com/#sle. c. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com/#sle. - 2. Non-Hazardous Locations: Use fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B. 3. Material: Use aluminum. 4. Connectors and Couplings: Use threaded type fittings only. Threadless set screw and compression (gland) type fittings are not permitted. 2.05 INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT (IMC) - A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube & Conduit: www.alliedeg.com/#sle. 2. Republic Conduit: www.republic-conduit.com/#sle. - 3. Wheatland Tube, a Division of Zekelman Industries: www.wheatland.com/#sle. B. Description: NFPA 70, Type IMC galvanized steel intermediate metal conduit complying with ANSI C80.6 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 1242. C. Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: a. Bridgeport Fittings Inc: www.bptfittings.com/#sle. - b. O-Z/Gedney, a brand of Emerson Electric Co: www.emerson.com/#sle. c. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com/#sle. 2. Non-Hazardous Locations: Use fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B. - 3. Material: Use steel or malleable iron. 4. Connectors and Couplings: Use threaded type fittings only. Threadless set screw and compression (gland) type fittings are not permitted. 2.06 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (FMC) A. Manufacturers: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc: www.afcweb.com/#sle. - 2. Electri-Flex Company: www.electriflex.com/#sle. 3. International Metal Hose: www.metalhose.com/#sle. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. B. Description: NFPA 70, Type FMC standard wall steel flexible metal conduit listed and labeled - as complying with UL 1, and listed for use in classified firestop systems to be used. C. Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: a. Bridgeport Fittings Inc: www.bptfittings.com/#sle. b. O-Z/Gedney, a brand of Emerson Electric Co: www.emerson.com/#sle. c. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com/#sle. -- 2. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B. Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0533.13 - Page 4 of 8 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications 3. Material: Use steel or malleable iron. 2.07 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (LFMC) A. Manufacturers: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc: www.afcweb.com/#sle. 2. Electri-Flex Company: www.electriflex.com/#sle. 3. International Metal Hose: www.metalhose.com/#sle. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. B. Description: NFPA 70, Type LFMC polyvinyl chloride (PVC)jacketed steel flexible metal conduit listed and labeled as complying with UL 360. C. Fittings: 1. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B. 2. Material: Use steel or malleable iron. 2.08 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube & Conduit: www.alliedeg.com/#sle. 2. Wheatland Tube, a Division of Zekelman Industries: www.wheatland.com/#sle. B. Description: NFPA 70, Type EMT steel electrical metallic tubing complying with ANSI C80.3 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 797. C. Fittings: -- 1. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B. 2. Material: Use steel or malleable iron. 3. Connectors and Couplings: Use compression (gland) or set-screw type. a. Do not use indenter type connectors and couplings. 2.09 RIGID POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) CONDUIT A. Description: NFPA 70, Type PVC rigid polyvinyl chloride conduit complying with NEMA TC 2 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 651; Schedule 40 unless otherwise indicated, Schedule 80 where subject to physical damage; rated for use with conductors rated 90 degrees C. B. Fittings: 1. Manufacturer: Same as manufacturer of conduit to be connected. 2. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA TC 3 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 651; material to match conduit. 2.10 ACCESSORIES A. Corrosion Protection Tape: PVC-based, minimum thickness of 20 mil. B. Conduit Joint Compound: Corrosion-resistant, electrically conductive; suitable for use with the conduit to be installed. C. Solvent Cement for PVC Conduit and Fittings: As recommended by manufacturer of conduit and fittings to be installed. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive conduits. C. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship). C. Install galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC) in accordance with NECA 101. D. Install aluminum rigid metal conduit (RMC) in accordance with NECA 102. Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0533.13 - Page 5 of 8 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications E. Install intermediate metal conduit(IMC) in accordance with NECA 101. F. Install rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) conduit in accordance with NECA 111. G. Conduit Routing: 1. Unless dimensioned, conduit routing indicated is diagrammatic. 2. When conduit destination is indicated without specific routing, determine exact routing required. 3. Conceal all conduits unless specifically indicated to be exposed. — 4. Conduits in the following areas may be exposed, unless otherwise indicated: a. Electrical rooms. b. Mechanical equipment rooms. — c. Within joists in areas with no ceiling. 5. Conduits installed underground or embedded in concrete may be routed in the shortest possible manner unless otherwise indicated. Route all other conduits parallel or perpendicular to building structure and surfaces, following surface contours where practical. 6. Arrange conduit to maintain adequate headroom, clearances, and access. 7. Arrange conduit to provide no more than the equivalent of four 90 degree bends between — pull points. 8. Route conduits above water and drain piping where possible. 9. Arrange conduit to prevent moisture traps. Provide drain fittings at low points and at sealing fittings where moisture may collect. 10. Maintain minimum clearance of 6 inches between conduits and piping for other systems. 11. Maintain minimum clearance of 12 inches between conduits and hot surfaces. This includes, but is not limited to: a. Heaters. b. Hot water piping. c. Flues. 12. Group parallel conduits in the same area together on a common rack. H. Conduit Support: 1. Secure and support conduits in accordance with NFPA 70 and Section 26 0529 using suitable supports and methods approved by the authority having jurisdiction. — 2. Provide independent support from building structure. Do not provide support from piping, ductwork, or other systems. 3. Installation Above Suspended Ceilings: Do not provide support from ceiling support _ system. Do not provide support from ceiling grid or allow conduits to lay on ceiling tiles. 4. Use conduit strap to support single surface-mounted conduit. a. Use clamp back spacer with conduit strap for damp and wet locations to provide space between conduit and mounting surface. 5. Use metal channel (strut) with accessory conduit clamps to support multiple parallel surface-mounted conduits. 6. Use conduit clamp to support single conduit from beam clamp or threaded rod. 7. Use trapeze hangers assembled from threaded rods and metal channel (strut)with accessory conduit clamps to support multiple parallel suspended conduits. 8. Use of wire for support of conduits is not permitted. I. Connections and Terminations: 1. Use approved zinc-rich paint or conduit joint compound on field-cut threads of galvanized steel conduits prior to making connections. 2. Where two threaded conduits must be joined and neither can be rotated, use three-piece — couplings or split couplings. Do not use running threads. 3. Use suitable adapters where required to transition from one type of conduit to another. 4. Provide drip loops for liquidtight flexible conduit connections to prevent drainage of liquid into connectors. 5. Terminate threaded conduits in boxes and enclosures using threaded hubs or double lock nuts for dry locations and raintight hubs for wet locations. — 6. Provide insulating bushings or insulated throats at all conduit terminations to protect conductors. Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0533.13 - Page 6 of 8 _ Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications 7. Secure joints and connections to provide maximum mechanical strength and electrical continuity. J. Penetrations: 1. Do not penetrate or otherwise notch or cut structural members, including footings and grade beams, without approval of Structural Engineer. 2. Make penetrations perpendicular to surfaces unless otherwise indicated. 3. Provide sleeves for penetrations as indicated or as required to facilitate installation. Set sleeves flush with exposed surfaces unless otherwise indicated or required. 4. Conceal bends for conduit risers emerging above ground. 5. Seal interior of conduits entering the building from underground at first accessible point to prevent entry of moisture and gases. 6. Where conduits penetrate waterproof membrane, seal as required to maintain integrity of membrane. 7. Make penetrations for roof-mounted equipment within associated equipment openings and curbs where possible to minimize roofing system penetrations. Where penetrations are necessary, seal as indicated or as required to preserve integrity of roofing system and maintain roof warranty. Include proposed locations of penetrations and methods for sealing with submittals. 8. Install firestopping to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using materials and methods specified in Section 07 8400. K. Underground Installation: 1. Minimum Cover, Unless Otherwise Indicated or Required: a. Underground, Exterior: 24 inches. b. Under Slab on Grade: 12 inches to bottom of slab. 2. Provide underground warning tape in accordance with Section 26 0553 along entire conduit length for service entrance where not concrete-encased. L. Conduit Movement Provisions: Where conduits are subject to movement, provide expansion and expansion/deflection fittings to prevent damage to enclosed conductors or connected equipment. This includes, but is not limited to: 1. Where conduits cross structural joints intended for expansion, contraction, or deflection. 2. Where calculated in accordance with NFPA 70 for rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) conduit installed above ground to compensate for thermal expansion and contraction. -- 3. Where conduits are subject to earth movement by settlement or frost. M. Condensation Prevention: Where conduits cross barriers between areas of potential substantial temperature differential, provide sealing fitting or approved sealing compound at an accessible point near the penetration to prevent condensation. This includes, but is not limited to: 1. Where conduits pass from outdoors into conditioned interior spaces. 2. Where conduits pass from unconditioned interior spaces into conditioned interior spaces. N. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 0526. 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean interior of conduits to remove moisture and foreign matter. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0533.13 - Page 7 of 8 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0533.13 - Page 8 of 8 ,^ Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications SECTION 26 0533.16 BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Outlet and device boxes up to 100 cubic inches, including those used as junction and pull boxes. B. Cabinets and enclosures, including junction and pull boxes larger than 100 cubic inches. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 26 0529 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015. B. NECA 130- Standard for Installing and Maintaining Wiring Devices; 2010. -- C. NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit, Electrical Metallic Tubing, and Cable; 2012. D. NEMA OS 1 - Sheet-Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports; 2013. E. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(1000 Volts Maximum); 2018. F. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. G. UL 50- Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Non-Environmental Considerations; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. H. UL 50E - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Environmental Considerations; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. I. UL 508A- Industrial Control Panels; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. J. UL 514A- Metallic Outlet Boxes; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate the work with other trades to avoid placement of ductwork, piping, equipment, or other potential obstructions within the dedicated equipment spaces and working clearances for electrical equipment required by NFPA 70. 2. Coordinate arrangement of electrical equipment with the dimensions and clearance requirements of the actual equipment to be installed. 3. Coordinate minimum sizes of boxes with the actual installed arrangement of conductors, clamps, support fittings, and devices, calculated according to NFPA 70. 4. Coordinate minimum sizes of pull boxes with the actual installed arrangement of connected conduits, calculated according to NFPA 70. 5. Coordinate the placement of boxes with millwork, furniture, devices, equipment, etc. installed under other sections or by others. 6. Coordinate the work with other trades to preserve insulation integrity. 7. Coordinate the work with other trades to provide walls suitable for installation of flush-mounted boxes where indicated. 8. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0533.16 - Page 1 of 4 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications B. Products: Provide products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 BOXES — A. General Requirements: 1. Do not use boxes and associated accessories for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. — 2. Provide all boxes, fittings, supports, and accessories required for a complete raceway system and to accommodate devices and equipment to be installed. 3. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. 4. Where box size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable minimum size requirements specified. 5. Provide grounding terminals within boxes where equipment grounding conductors terminate. — B. Outlet and Device Boxes Up to 100 cubic inches, Including Those Used as Junction and Pull Boxes: 1. Use sheet-steel boxes for dry locations unless otherwise indicated or required. — 2. Use cast iron boxes or cast aluminum boxes for damp or wet locations unless otherwise indicated or required; furnish with compatible weatherproof gasketed covers. 3. Use suitable concrete type boxes where flush-mounted in concrete. 4. Use suitable masonry type boxes where flush-mounted in masonry walls. 5. Use raised covers suitable for the type of wall construction and device configuration where required. 6. Use shallow boxes where required by the type of wall construction. 7. Do not use"through-wall" boxes designed for access from both sides of wall. 8. Sheet-Steel Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 1, and list and label as complying with UL 514A. 9. Cast Metal Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1, and list and label as complying with UL 514A; furnish with threaded hubs. 10. Boxes for Supporting Luminaires and Ceiling Fans: Listed as suitable for the type and weight of load to be supported; furnished with fixture stud to accommodate mounting of luminaire where required. 11. Boxes for Ganged Devices: Use multigang boxes of single-piece construction. Do not use field-connected gangable boxes unless specifically indicated or permitted. _ C. Cabinets and Enclosures, Including Junction and Pull Boxes Larger Than 100 cubic inches: 1. Comply with NEMA 250, and list and label as complying with UL 50 and UL 50E, or UL 508A. 2. NEMA 250 Environment Type, Unless Otherwise Indicated: 3. Junction and Pull Boxes Larger Than 100 cubic inches: a. Provide screw-cover or hinged-cover enclosures unless otherwise indicated. 4. Finish for Painted Steel Enclosures: Manufacturer's standard grey unless otherwise — indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION — A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive boxes. C. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.B. Install boxes in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship) and, where applicable, NECA 130, including mounting heights specified in those standards where mounting heights are not indicated. Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0533.16 - Page 2 of 4 _ Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications C. Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances in accordance with manufacturer's _ instructions and NFPA 70. D. Unless otherwise indicated, provide separate boxes for line voltage and low voltage systems. E. Flush-mount boxes in finished areas unless specifically indicated to be surface-mounted. F. Unless otherwise indicated, boxes may be surface-mounted where exposed conduits are indicated or permitted. G. Box Locations: 1. Unless dimensioned, box locations indicated are approximate. 2. Locate boxes so that wall plates do not span different building finishes. 3. Locate boxes so that wall plates do not cross masonry joints. 4. Unless otherwise indicated, where multiple outlet boxes are installed at the same location — at different mounting heights, install along a common vertical center line. 5. Do not install flush-mounted boxes on opposite sides of walls back-to-back. Provide minimum 6 inches horizontal separation unless otherwise indicated. H. Box Supports: 1. Secure and support boxes in accordance with NFPA 70 and Section 26 0529 using suitable supports and methods approved by the authority having jurisdiction. 2. Provide independent support from building structure except for cast metal boxes (other than boxes used for fixture support) supported by threaded conduit connections in accordance with NFPA 70. Do not provide support from piping, ductwork, or other systems. 3. Installation Above Suspended Ceilings: Do not provide support from ceiling grid or ceiling support system. I. Install boxes plumb and level. J. Flush-Mounted Boxes: 1. Install boxes in noncombustible materials such as concrete, tile, gypsum, plaster, etc. so that front edge of box or associated raised cover is not set back from finished surface more than 1/4 inch or does not project beyond finished surface. 2. Install boxes in combustible materials such as wood so that front edge of box or associated raised cover is flush with finished surface. 3. Repair rough openings around boxes in noncombustible materials such as concrete, tile, gypsum, plaster, etc. so that there are no gaps or open spaces greater than 1/8 inch at the edge of the box. K. Install boxes as required to preserve insulation integrity. L. Install permanent barrier between ganged wiring devices when voltage between adjacent devices exceeds 300 V. M. Close unused box openings. N. Install blank wall plates on junction boxes and on outlet boxes with no devices or equipment installed or designated for future use. O. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 0526. P. Align adjacent wall mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices. 3.03 CLEANING -- A. Clean interior of boxes to remove dirt, debris, plaster and other foreign material. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0533.16 - Page 3 of 4 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0533.16 - Page 4 of 4 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications SECTION 26 0553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Electrical identification requirements. B. Identification nameplates and labels. C. Wire and cable markers. D. Underground warning tape. E. Warning signs and labels. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 26 0519 - LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES: Color coding for power conductors and cables 600 V and less; vinyl color coding electrical tape. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ANSI Z535.2 -American National Standard for Environmental and Facility Safety Signs; 2011. B. ANSI Z535.4 -American National Standard for Product Safety Signs and Labels; 2011. C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. D. UL 969 - Marking and Labeling Systems; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 IDENTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS A. Existing Work: Unless specifically excluded, identify existing elements to remain that are not already identified in accordance with specified requirements. B. Identification for Equipment: 1. Use identification nameplate to identify each piece of electrical distribution and control equipment and associated sections, compartments, and components. a. Panelboards: 1) Use typewritten circuit directory to identify load(s) served for panelboards with a door. Identify spares and spaces using pencil. — 2) For power panelboards without a door, use identification nameplate to identify load(s) served for each branch device. Identify spares and spaces. b. Enclosed switches, circuit breakers, and motor controllers: 1) Identify voltage power source and circuit number. Include location when not within sight of equipment. 2) Identify load(s) served. Include location. 2. Use identification nameplate to identify equipment utilizing series ratings, where permitted, in accordance with NFPA 70. 3. Use warning signs to identify electrical hazards for entrances to all rooms and other guarded locations that contain exposed live parts operating at 600 V nominal or less with the word message "DANGER; Electrical hazard; Authorized personnel only" or approved equivalent. C. Identification for Conductors and Cables: 1. Color Coding for Power Conductors 600 V and Less: Comply with Section 26 0519. 2. Use identification nameplate or identification label to identify color code for ungrounded and grounded power conductors inside door or enclosure at each piece of feeder or branch-circuit distribution equipment when premises has feeders or branch circuits served by more than one nominal voltage system. D. Identification for Devices: 1. Use identification label to identify fire alarm system devices. Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0553 - Page 1 of 4 ._ Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications 2. Use identification label or engraved wallplate to identify serving branch circuit for all receptacles.3. Use identification label to identify receptacles protected by upstream GFI protection, where permitted. 2.02 IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES AND LABELS A. Identification Nameplates: 1. Materials: a. Indoor Clean, Dry Locations: Use plastic nameplates. b. Outdoor Locations: Use plastic, stainless steel, or aluminum nameplates suitable for exterior use. 2. Plastic Nameplates: Two-layer or three-layer laminated acrylic or electrically _ non-conductive phenolic with beveled edges; minimum thickness of 1/16 inch; engraved text. 3. Stainless Steel Nameplates: Minimum thickness of 1/32 inch; engraved or laser-etched text. — 4. Aluminum Nameplates: Anodized; minimum thickness of 1/32 inch; engraved or laser-etched text. 5. Mounting Holes for Mechanical Fasteners: Two, centered on sides for sizes up to 1 inch high; Four, located at corners for larger sizes. B. Identification Labels: 1. Materials: Use self-adhesive laminated plastic labels; UV, chemical, water, heat, and abrasion resistant. — 2. Text: Use factory pre-printed or machine-printed text. Do not use handwritten text unless otherwise indicated. C. Format for Equipment Identification: 1. Minimum Size: 1 inch by 2.5 inches. 2. Legend: a. Equipment designation or other approved description. — 3. Text: All capitalized unless otherwise indicated. 4. Minimum Text Height: a. Equipment Designation: 1/2 inch. 5. Color: a. Normal Power System: White text on black background. 2.03 WIRE AND CABLE MARKERS A. Markers for Conductors and Cables: Use wrap-around self-adhesive vinyl cloth, wrap-around self-adhesive vinyl self-laminating, heat-shrink sleeve, plastic sleeve, plastic clip-on, or vinyl split sleeve type markers suitable for the conductor or cable to be identified. B. Markers for Conductor and Cable Bundles: Use plastic marker tags secured by nylon cable ties. C. Legend: Power source and circuit number or other designation indicated. D. Text: Use factory pre-printed or machine-printed text, all capitalized unless otherwise indicated. E. Minimum Text Height: 1/8 inch. F. Color: Black text on white background unless otherwise indicated. — 2.04 UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE A. Materials: Use non-detectable type polyethylene tape suitable for direct burial, unless otherwise indicated. _ B. Non-detectable Type Tape: 6 inches wide, with minimum thickness of 4 mil. C. Legend: Type of service, continuously repeated over full length of tape. D. Color: 1. Tape for Buried Power Lines: Black text on red background. 2.05 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS _ A. Comply with ANSI Z535.2 or ANSI Z535.4 as applicable. Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0553 - Page 2 of 4 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications B. Warning Signs: 1. Materials: a. Indoor Dry, Clean Locations: Use factory pre-printed rigid plastic or self-adhesive vinyl signs. 2. Rigid Signs: Provide four mounting holes at corners for mechanical fasteners. -" 3. Minimum Size: 7 by 10 inches unless otherwise indicated. C. Warning Labels: 1. Materials: Use factory pre-printed or machine-printed self-adhesive polyester or — self-adhesive vinyl labels; UV, chemical, water, heat, and abrasion resistant; produced using materials recognized to UL 969. 2. Machine-Printed Labels: Use thermal transfer process printing machines and accessories recommended by label manufacturer. 3. Minimum Size: 2 by 4 inches unless otherwise indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces to receive adhesive products according to manufacturer's instructions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install identification products to be plainly visible for examination, adjustment, servicing, and maintenance. Unless otherwise indicated, locate products as follows: 1. Surface-Mounted Equipment: Enclosure front. 2. Flush-Mounted Equipment: Inside of equipment door. 3. Free-Standing Equipment: Enclosure front; also enclosure rear for equipment with rear access. 4. Elevated Equipment: Legible from the floor or working platform. 5. Branch Devices: Adjacent to device. 6. Interior Components: Legible from the point of access. — 7. Conductors and Cables: Legible from the point of access. 8. Devices: Outside face of cover. C. Install identification products centered, level, and parallel with lines of item being identified. D. Secure nameplates to exterior surfaces of enclosures using stainless steel screws and to interior surfaces using self-adhesive backing or epoxy cement. E. Install self-adhesive labels and markers to achieve maximum adhesion, with no bubbles or — wrinkles and edges properly sealed. F. Install underground warning tape above buried lines with one tape per trench at 3 inches below finished grade. G. Secure rigid signs using stainless steel screws. H. Mark all handwritten text, where permitted, to be neat and legible. — END OF SECTION Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0553 - Page 3 of 4 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications INimm Mom Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0553 - Page 4 of 4 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications SECTION 26 0583 WIRING CONNECTIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Electrical connections to equipment. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 26 0519 - LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES. B. Section 26 0533.13 - Conduit for Electrical Systems. C. Section 26 0533.16 - Boxes for Electrical Systems. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NEMA WD 1 - General Color Requirements for Wiring Devices; 1999 (Reaffirmed 2015). B. NEMA WD 6 -Wiring Devices - Dimensional Specifications; 2016. C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Products: Listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. _ C. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. _ PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Cords and Caps: NEMA WD 6; match receptacle configuration at outlet provided for equipment. 1. Colors: Conform to NEMA WD 1. 2. Cord Construction: NFPA 70, Type SO, multiconductor flexible cord with identified equipment grounding conductor, suitable for use in damp locations. '— 3. Size: Suitable for connected load of equipment, length of cord, and rating of branch circuit overcurrent protection. B. Flexible Conduit: As specified in Section 26 0533.13. C. Wire and Cable: As specified in Section 26 0519. D. Boxes: As specified in Section 26 0533.16. 2.02 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that equipment is ready for electrical connection, wiring, and energization. 3.02 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS A. Make electrical connections in accordance with equipment manufacturer's instructions. B. Make conduit connections to equipment using flexible conduit. Use liquidtight flexible conduit with watertight connectors in damp or wet locations. _ C. Connect heat producing equipment using wire and cable with insulation suitable for temperatures encountered. D. Provide receptacle outlet to accommodate connection with attachment plug. E. Provide cord and cap where field-supplied attachment plug is required. F. Install suitable strain-relief clamps and fittings for cord connections at outlet boxes and equipment connection boxes. Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0583 - Page 1 of 2 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications G. Install disconnect switches, controllers, control stations, and control devices to complete — equipment wiring requirements. H. Install terminal block jumpers to complete equipment wiring requirements. I. Install interconnecting conduit and wiring between devices and equipment to complete equipment wiring requirements. J. Coolers and Freezers: Cut and seal conduit openings in freezer and cooler walls, floor, and ceilings. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0583 - Page 2 of 2 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications SECTION 26 0584 ELECTRIC HEAT SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Heating cable. B. Snow melting equipment and controls. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 3000- Cast-in-Place Concrete. 1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS —_ A. Snow Melting Installations: 45 W/sq ft, minimum, in protected areas. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide data for heating cable and control components. 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Installation methods. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate heating cable layout, locations of terminations, thermostats, and branch circuit connections. 1. Provide dimensioned layout of heater cable calculated to provide heat energy concentrations as required by application. 2. Provide schematic layout of controls and sensors. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate installation instructions. D. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of heating cable and branch circuit connections. 1. Location of cables. 2. Sensors. 3. Controls. 4. Branch circuit connections. E. Operation Data: Include description of operating controls. F. Maintenance Data: Include repair methods and parts list of components. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Installer shall demonstrate experience on projects of similar size and _ complexity. All wiring connections shall be done by a licensed electrician. C. Self-regulation cable is not acceptable. 1.06 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of heating cable with installation of concrete formwork. 1.07 WARRANTY A. The Electrical Contractor shall verify and record resistance and insulation-to-ground readings of the system upon delivery and again before startup. B. If readings show electrical faults upon delivery testing, then manufacturer shall replace the cable at no cost to Owner. C. If readings show electrical faults following receipt testing, then Contractor shall replace the cable at no cost to the Owner or the manufacturer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Chromalox, Inc.; Model : www.chromalox.com. B. Easyheat; Model : www.easyheat.com. Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0584 - Page 1 of 4 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications C. Orbit Radiant Heating/Nexans; Model. www.orbitmfg.com. — 2.02 HEATING CABLE A. Heating Cable: Mineral-insulated, copper-sheathed, series resistance heating cable in single conductor configuration with one cold ends. 2.03 COMMERCIAL SNOW MELTING A. Provide a complete, integrated system, comprised of heating cable(s), sensor(s) and control panel(s). 1. Provide heating cables with factory-installed cold junctions as described in the section and shown on the Drawings. a. Designed Watts/SF; 50. -- 2. Provide one Control System as decribed in this section, to operate with a power source of: a. 277 Volt b. 1 phase 3. Provide remote moisture and temperature sensors as described in this section. 4. The manufacturer shall provide required ground fault protection for the heating cables as an integral part of the control system on custom systems only. B. Heating Cables: 1. Cable shall be Series TXLP produced by Nexans Norway A/S. 2. Provide heating cable with the following properties: a. Single conductor, series resistance type — b. Tinned copper ground conductor. c. Three layers of waterproof protection to include: 1) Insulated by type XLPE cross-linked polyethylene. _ 2) Integral full-length foil shield. 3) Surround with extruded PVC outer jacket. d. Cable shall be continuously marked with manufacturer's name, lot number and ohms resistance per linear meter. — e. Precut to correct length with 10 Gauge cold junction conductors manually crimped to the resistance wire at the factory. Field crimping of lead wire is not acceptable. f. Sized to producea maximum of 15.2 Watts/If, (maximum 55 Watts/sf.)when energized. g. Wire insulation to be tested and documented before shipment with a 1000-megohm meter; insulation resistance less than 500 megohm shall be rejected. h. UL listed. —' i. Designed to meet current NEC regulations when properly installed. j. Warranty of 10 years minimum. 3. Twin conductor and self-regulating cable is not acceptable. _. C. Control System: 1. Standard UL Listed APS-4 Series Control. 2. Non-metallic enclosures includes: _ a. Timed heater cycle capability. b. Single and three-phase poser control c. contactor rating of 50 amps per pole. d. Simple installation. D. Sensors: Control of the system shall be achieved by the use of one or more remote mounted sensors which will collectively sense the outdoor temperature and presence of falling or drifting snow. — 1. The system shall be capable of responding to the inputs from more that one sensor, so that the system will not shut down when snow has melted in a sunny area but remains in a shadded area. — 2. The controller will remain energized for an adjustable duration following the end of snowfall, so that slush and ice formation are prevented or removed. 3. The controller shall feature a device to permit Manual Over-ride to deal with unusual situations, with an adjustable hold-on time. — 4. The control device shall be UL listed/approved. Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0584 - Page 2 of 4 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications E. Marker Plates (Aluminum Embedded Buried Heating System Identifiers): 1. NEC requirement per National Electric Code Article 426-13. 2. One marker plate per 400 Square feet. 3. Provided by heating cable manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that piping and concrete formwork are ready to receive work. B. Verify field measurements are as shown on shop drawings. C. Verify that required utilities are available, in proper location, and ready for use. D. Do not begin installation unit) substrates have been properly prepared. E. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. F. Coordinate preparation and installation requirements and schedule with the general contractor, electrical subcontractor, paving subcontrator, roofing/gutter subcontractor before beginning work. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Inpect the cable and controls upon receipt of shipment, noting any damage and ensuring that the materials received match the order and shipping documents. Compare the labels and the electrical resistance of the heating cables with the shipping documents. B. Ensure that the electrical terminations in the control panel(s) have not been loosened by vibration during shipment. 3.03 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. Refer to manufacturer's literature for requirements for testing, recording, and documenting resistance and insulation-to-ground readings. B. Take test readings before, during, and after installation. C. If problems are found, consult the manufacturer. D. If problems cannot be corrected, notify Architect before proceeding with any overlayment construction. E. Keep testing records for inspection by the Architect, and for subsequent submittal to the manufacturer to ensure validation of the warranty. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products until completion of the project. B. Optionally repair or preferably replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. 3.05 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Avoid pinching and making sharp bends in cable. C. Do not install heating cable across expansion or construction joints. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test continuity of heating cable. B. Measure insulation resistance to manufacturer's recommended values. Use test instruments in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Perform tests on completed cable installation. For cables embedded in concrete, perform tests immediately before and after concrete placement. D. Measure voltage and current at each unit. Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0584 - Page 3 of 4 —' Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications 3.07 DOCUMENTATION AND TRAINING A. Manufacturer shall present the Owner with equipment start-up and operational documentation to assist in proper operation and to maintain specified design performance. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-22713 Section 26 0584 - Page 4 of 4 Waterloo Library- Stair Mondifications